UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
	EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2010
	OR
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
	EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission file number: 001-34768

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Texas	74-2175590
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
2950 North Loop West, Suite 1200
Houston, Texas	77092
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(713) 466-8300

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $1 par value	NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Title of each class)	(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.           Yes  ¨    No  þ

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ¨         Accelerated filer  þ         Non-accelerated filer  ¨         Smaller reporting company  ¨

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

        As of June 30, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter fiscal quarter, aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $488,322,655 based on the closing sale price of $4.71 on such date as reported on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System Global Select Market. For purposes of this calculation, affiliates are defined as all directors and executive officers.

        As of March 2, 2011, there were 102,052,295 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Document	Parts Into Which Incorporated
Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Such proxy statement or the information to be so incorporated will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days subsequent to December 31, 2010.	Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.

2010 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.
ITEM 1.	Business	2
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors	16
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	21
ITEM 2.	Properties	21
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings	22
ITEM 4.	Removed and Reserved	22
PART II.
ITEM 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	23
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data	26
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	27
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	57
ITEM 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	58
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	58
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures	58
ITEM 9B.	Other Information	61
PART III.
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	61
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation	61
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	61
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	61
ITEM 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	61
PART IV.
ITEM 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	62
SIGNATURES		68

1

PART I

ITEM 1. Business

The disclosures in this item are qualified by the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Item 7 of this report.

In this filing, we may refer to Sterling Bancshares, Inc., on a parent-only basis, as “Sterling Bancshares” and to Sterling Bank as the “Bank.” Sterling Bancshares, the Bank and other subsidiaries of both may be collectively referred to as the “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us.”

Overview

For more than 36 years, Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Sterling Bank have served the banking needs of small to medium-sized businesses. We provide a broad array of financial services to Texas businesses and consumers through 57 banking centers in the greater metropolitan areas of Houston, San Antonio, Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas.

Sterling Bancshares was incorporated under the laws of the State of Texas in 1980 and became the parent bank holding company of Sterling Bank in 1981. Sterling Bank was chartered in 1974 under the laws of the State of Texas. Our principal executive offices are located at 2950 North Loop West, Suite 1200, Houston, Texas, 77092 and our telephone number is (713) 466-8300.

At December 31, 2010, we had consolidated total assets of $5.2 billion, total loans of $2.8 billion, total deposits of $4.3 billion, and shareholders’ equity of $622 million.

Recent Developments

Comerica Merger Agreement

On January 16, 2011, the Company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”) and Comerica Bayou Acquisition Corporation, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Comerica (“Comerica Bayou”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Comerica Bayou will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Comerica, and each share of Company common stock will be converted into the right to receive 0.2365 shares of Comerica common stock (the “Merger”). Completion of the Merger is subject to (i) approval of the Merger by the shareholders of the Company, (ii) applicable regulatory approvals, including the Federal Reserve Board pursuant to Section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and (iii) other customary closing conditions.

Under the Merger Agreement, the Company agreed to conduct its business in the ordinary course while the Merger is pending, and, except as permitted under the Merger Agreement, to generally refrain from, among other things, acquiring new or selling existing businesses, incurring new indebtedness, repurchasing Company shares, issuing new capital stock or equity awards, or entering into new material contracts or commitments outside the ordinary course of business, without the consent of Comerica.

Shareholder Litigation

Subsequent to the announcement of the proposed combination of Sterling Bancshares and Comerica and through March 8, 2011, a putative shareholder class action lawsuit relating to the Merger was filed was filed in the 11th District Court of Harris County, Texas, naming as defendants Sterling Bancshares, certain of its directors and officers, and Comerica. The plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the lawsuit on March 2, 2011.

On February 2, 2011, a purported shareholder of Sterling Bancshares filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit on behalf of Sterling in the 295th District Court of Harris County, Texas, naming as defendants Sterling Bancshares, certain of its directors and officers, and Comerica. The lawsuit challenges the fairness of the Merger, alleges that the director and officer defendants breached their fiduciary duties to Sterling Bancshares, and that Sterling Bancshares and Comerica aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally seeks an injunction barring defendants from consummating the Merger, a declaratory judgment that the defendants breached their

2

fiduciary duties to Sterling Bancshares, an accounting of all damages allegedly caused by alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, and an accounting of all profits and special benefits allegedly obtained by the defendants as a result of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. In addition, if the Merger is consummated, the lawsuit seeks rescission of the Merger or an award of rescissory damages.

Where to Find Additional Information

Additional information about Comerica is included in documents that it has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Additional information concerning the Merger is contained in Item 1A, Risk Factors, and in the proxy statement/prospectus and registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO READ THE PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND REGISTRATION STATEMENT REGARDING THE PROPOSED MERGER WHEN IT BECOMES AVAILABLE BECAUSE IT WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROPOSED MERGER. These materials have been made available to the shareholders of Sterling at no expense to them. Investors and security holders may obtain the documents free of charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, http://www.sec.gov. In addition, such materials (and all other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) are available free of charge at http://www.comerica.com. You may also read and copy any reports, statements and other information filed by Sterling or Comerica with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission public reference room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at (800) 732-0330 or visit the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website for further information on its public reference room. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference section of the SEC, 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates, or from commercial document retrieval services.

Business Banking Strategy

We provide a broad range of financial products and services to all our constituencies within the small to medium-sized business segments and consumers through our full service banking centers. Our bankers exercise limited authority over credit and pricing decisions, subject to a concurrence process and loan committee approval for larger credits. This approach, coupled with continuity of service by the same staff members, enables us to create lasting relationships by meeting all of the banking needs of our business customers including the business owners, their employees and their families. This emphasis on relationship banking, together with a conservative approach to lending, are important factors in our success and growth.

We provide a wide array of consumer and commercial banking services, including: demand, savings and time deposits; commercial, real estate and consumer loans; merchant credit card services; letters of credit; and cash and asset management services. In addition, we facilitate sales of brokerage, mutual fund, alternative financing and insurance products through third-party vendors. Bank deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

We offer an extensive scope of services which include our Treasury Management, specialized lending (including energy lending) and Private Client Service groups. We offer services to other financial institutions through our Correspondent Banking group. These additional services enable the Bank to be a more comprehensive financial resource dedicated to helping small to medium-sized businesses meet their financial services needs.

Our primary lending focus is commercial loans and owner-occupied real estate loans to businesses with annual revenues of $100 million or less. Typically, our customers have financing requirements between $50 thousand and $5 million. The Bank’s lending focus allows for greater diversity and granularity in the loan portfolio, less competition from larger banks, and better pricing opportunities.

We maintain a strong community orientation by, among other things, supporting the active participation of our officers and employees in local charitable, civic, school, religious and community development activities. Each banking center may also appoint selected customers to a business development board that assists in introducing

3

prospective customers to us and in developing or improving products and services to meet customer needs. Our lending and investing activities are funded primarily by core deposits. This stable source of funding comes to us by developing strong banking relationships with customers through our broad product offering, competitive pricing, convenience and service. Approximately 31% of our total deposits are noninterest-bearing demand deposits.

Certain operational and support functions that are transparent to customers have been centralized. This has allowed us to improve consistency and cost efficiencies in the delivery of products and services by each banking center. Centralized functions include services such as data processing, bookkeeping, accounting and finance, loan administration, loan review, legal, compliance, treasury, risk management and internal auditing. Credit policy and administration, strategic planning, marketing and other administrative services also are provided centrally. Our banking centers work closely with our operational and support functions to develop new products and services and to introduce enhancements to existing products and services.

Company Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy has been concentrated on increasing our banking presence in major metropolitan areas in Texas. We have grown through a combination of internal growth, acquisitions and the opening of new banking centers. Sterling was founded as a Houston bank, with a loan portfolio that was primarily secured by Houston real estate, but over the years we have been able to diversify our loan portfolio geographically and expand our product offering. Over the years we have expanded into new markets such as Dallas, Fort Worth, San Antonio and the Texas Hill Country. We regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire banks and other financial services companies that complement our existing business, expand our market coverage and enhance our product offerings.

Acquisitions have historically been important to our growth. As of December 31, 2010, we have completed four acquisitions since 2006. We have accomplished these acquisitions without substantially altering our balance sheet in a way that would negatively impact the long-term value of our franchise.

On February 8, 2008, we completed the acquisition of ten banking centers located in the Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas, areas from First Horizon National Corp. This transaction allowed us to achieve a critical presence in Dallas, Texas and gain entry into the growing Fort Worth, Texas market.

On June 28, 2007, we completed the acquisition of MBM Advisors, Inc. (“MBM Advisors”) an independent investment advisory and pension administration/consulting firm with approximately $700 million in assets under management at the time of acquisition. MBM Advisors specializes in providing full-services in the design, administration, investment management, and communication of retirement plans with an office in Houston, Texas. The acquisition of MBM Advisors provided for increased opportunities to serve the owners of small and medium-sized businesses and their employees while enhancing our noninterest income.

On March 30, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Partners Bank. Partners Bank was a privately held bank with approximately $191 million in assets and four banking centers in the Houston area. The Partners Bank acquisition enabled us to fill out our footprint in the Northeast Houston area.

On September 29, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Kerrville, Texas-based BOTH, Inc. and its subsidiary bank, Bank of the Hills (“BOTH”). BOTH had assets of approximately $328 million and five banking centers in the San Antonio/Kerrville area, which further enhanced our geographic position in this area of Texas.

For further information on these acquisitions, refer to Note 3, Acquisitions and Divestitures, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

4

Competition

The financial services industry is highly competitive. There are a number of new banking competitors who have entered, or greatly expanded their presence in Texas—particularly in the Houston, San Antonio, Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas markets in which we operate. We experience significant competition in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans, as well as in providing other financial services in each of our markets. Product pricing, customer convenience and service capabilities, and breadth of product lines are significant competitive factors. We also experience significant competition in attracting and retaining qualified banking professionals.

Our most direct competition for loans comes from other banks. Our most direct competition for deposits comes from other banks, savings institutions and credit unions doing business in our markets. We also experience competition from nonbanking sources, including mutual funds, corporate and governmental debt securities and other investment alternatives offered within and outside of our primary markets. Many of our competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader range of financial products and services.

Supervision and Regulation

We operate in a highly regulated environment. We are subject to the supervision and periodic examination of state and federal banking agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, and the Texas Department of Banking. Recent and future changes in the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, and executive compensation, changes in the accounting principles that are applicable to us, and our potential failure to comply with the foregoing, may adversely affect us.

The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry are primarily intended for the protection of customers, depositors and the DIF and not for the benefit of shareholders and creditors. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividends or distributions that our bank subsidiary can pay to our holding company, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our parent company’s debt.

Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations, or the interpretations and guidance about these laws and regulations provided by regulators, often impose additional compliance costs, higher fees and insurance premiums and additional oversight by us or third party personnel. Further, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows a good faith effort or a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Our regulators monitor and enforce our compliance with these laws and regulations during periodic examinations and when reviewing our periodic reports or any application filed with the regulator.

A summary description of the material laws and regulations that relate to our operations is included below. These descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.

Regulatory Oversight. Sterling Bancshares and its mid-tier holding company, Sterling Bancorporation, LLC, are bank holding companies registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA, and are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board. Federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and policies. In addition, Texas law authorizes the Texas Department of Banking to supervise and regulate a holding company controlling a state bank. Further, our securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and are subject to the

5

reporting obligations pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act. We are also subject to the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which primarily addresses corporate governance, internal controls and disclosure matters.

Sterling Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association and its deposits are insured, up to applicable limits, by the DIF of the FDIC. Sterling Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by both the Texas Department of Banking and the FDIC, and may be subject to special restrictions, supervisory requirements and potential enforcement actions. Sterling Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System; however, through its regulation of the Company, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority that indirectly affects Sterling Bank. Sterling Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas and, therefore, is subject to compliance with its requirements for such membership.

Federal and state banking agencies require Sterling Bancshares and Sterling Bank to prepare quarterly and annual reports on financial condition and to conduct an annual audit of our financial operations and affairs in compliance with minimum standards and procedures. Sterling Bank, and in some cases Sterling Bancshares and our nonbank affiliates, must undergo regular on-site examinations by the appropriate banking agency. The cost of examinations may be assessed against the examined institution as the agency deems necessary and appropriate. The FDIC has developed a requirement for insured depository institutions, such as Sterling Bank, to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities, to the extent feasible and practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report. The federal banking agencies prescribe, by regulation, standards for all insured depository institutions and holding companies regarding, among other things, the following:

• Internal controls;

• Information systems and audit systems;

• Loan documentation;

• Credit underwriting;

• Interest rate risk exposure; and

• Asset quality.

Bank Holding Company Activities. Under the BHCA, Sterling Bancshares is generally permitted to engage in, and may acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in, certain limited activities, including (i) banking; (ii) managing and controlling banks; (iii) furnishing or performing services for its subsidiaries; or (iv) any other activity which the Federal Reserve Board determines to be incidental or closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks. Examples of activities the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking, include:

• factoring accounts receivable;

• making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;

• leasing personal or real property;

• operating a nonbank depository institution, such as a savings association;

• trust company functions;

• financial and investment advisory activities;

• conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

6

• underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money instruments;

• providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;

• performing selected data processing services and support services;

• acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and

• performing selected insurance underwriting activities.

Bank holding companies may also elect to become financial holding companies and engage in an expanded list of financial activities if they meet certain requirements relating to capitalization and management. A bank holding company must file an election with the Federal Reserve Board along with a certification that all of its depository institution subsidiaries are “well capitalized” and “well managed” in order to become a financial holding company. Among the permitted activities for financial holding companies are those activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies. The Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Department of the Treasury, may approve additional financial activities. We have not filed an election to be a financial holding company.

The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to require divestiture of ownership or control of a subsidiary in the event that it has reasonable cause to believe that the activity or continued ownership or control poses a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of the bank holding company or any of its bank subsidiaries.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The President of the United States signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, into law on July 21, 2010. This legislation makes extensive changes to the laws regulating financial services firms as well as to corporate governance matters affecting public companies. It requires significant rule-making and, in addition, mandates numerous studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. Both the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, as well as other federal regulatory agencies, have begun the process of issuing the regulations called for in the Dodd-Frank Act. We continue to evaluate the impact of the statute and to monitor pending and proposed regulatory changes and have begun to evaluate the impact of new regulations on our operations.

Among other things, the legislation authorizes various assessments and fees, including changes to the manner in which FDIC premiums are assessed on depository institutions and increases to the reserve ratio maintained by the FDIC for the DIF. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC’s Board of Directors adopted a final rule pursuant to these provisions. Among other things, the final rule changes the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires regulatory agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for insured depository institutions and their holding companies that are no less stringent than those adopted by the FDIC for purposes of Prompt Corrective Action requirements. These changes may result in a reduced ability of Sterling Bancshares to raise additional capital.

Finally, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to complete studies and develop rules or approve stock exchange rules regarding various investor protection issues, including shareholder access to the proxy process, and various matters pertaining to executive compensation and compensation committee oversight. On January 25, 2011 the SEC adopted a final rule regarding the requirement that company conduct a separate shareholder advisory vote to approve the compensation of executives as well as a vote on how often shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation will occur. The final rule also requires companies soliciting shareholder votes to approve a merger or acquisition transaction to provide disclosure of certain “golden parachute” compensation arrangements and, in certain cases, to conduct a separate shareholder advisory vote to approve these compensation arrangements. The

7

legislation also establishes a new independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau which will have broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial services and products, including mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. Further, states will be permitted to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and state attorney generals can enforce those laws as well as consumer protection rules issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and its associated rulemaking could impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes. We are continuing to evaluate the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on us. We currently do not believe it will have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Anti-Money Laundering; USA PATRIOT Act. Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions.

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) strengthened U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence community’s ability to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. Its impact is significant and wide-ranging and has substantially increased the Company’s anti-money laundering obligations. Examples of obligations imposed on financial institutions by the USA PATRIOT Act include: (i) requiring standards for customer identification and verification at account opening; (ii) increased cooperation with regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties who may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (iii) reports and filings to Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for certain transactions exceeding $10,000 in value; and (iv) filing Suspicious Activity Reports if the institution believes a consumer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. Bank regulators regularly examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider an institution’s compliance with these obligations as part of its regulatory review of applications. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat these matters, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Safety and Soundness Standards. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) expanded the Federal Reserve Board’s authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations. Notably, FIRREA increased the amount of civil monetary penalties that the Federal Reserve Board can assess for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities cause a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1 million per day. FIRREA also expanded the scope of individuals and entities against which such penalties may be assessed. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act also increased the Federal Reserve Board’s examination and supervisory authority, and specifically granting the Federal Reserve Board examination authority over each subsidiary of a bank holding company.

The federal agencies that regulate banks and savings associations jointly issued guidelines for safe and sound banking operations as required by Section 132 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”). The Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness identify the fundamental standards that the federal banking agencies follow when evaluating the operational and managerial standards at insured institutions related to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems;

8

(ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; and (v) asset growth. The agencies must also prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, stock valuation, compensation, fees and benefits. An institution’s performance will be evaluated against these standards during the regulators’ periodic on-site examinations.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. On November 21, 2008, the FDIC adopted the final rule for the implementation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”). The TLGP had two primary components: the Debt Guarantee Program, by which the FDIC guaranteed the payment of certain newly issued senior unsecured debt, and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”), by which the FDIC guaranteed in full certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts. The Debt Guarantee Program temporarily guaranteed all newly issued senior unsecured debt up to prescribed limits issued by participating entities on or after October 13, 2008, through October 31, 2009. The Debt Guarantee Program expired and therefore we had no debt outstanding with the FDIC as of December 31, 2010. The TAGP, which expired December 31, 2010, provided full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.50% interest per annum for which the depository institution at which the account is held has committed to maintain the interest rate at or below 0.50% and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2010.

On November 9, 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement the section of the Dodd-Frank Act that provides temporary unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at all FDIC-insured depository institutions. The separate coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts became effective December 31, 2010, and will terminate on December 31, 2012. The provision is similar to the TAGP, but defined noninterest-bearing transaction accounts as only traditional noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, therefore excluding low-interest NOW accounts. There is no separate fee assessment for this additional coverage.

Dividend Restrictions. Under the laws of the State of Texas, Sterling Bancshares, as a for-profit business corporation, may not make distributions that violate its certificate of formation. A Texas Corporation is also prohibited from making a distribution if the corporation would be insolvent after the distribution or the distribution exceeds Sterling Bancshares’ “distribution limit”, as that term is defined by state law. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board’s general policy provides that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. This policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when, absent this Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company may not be inclined to provide it.

A primary source of funds for Sterling Bancshares’ payment of dividends to our shareholders are dividends and fees from Sterling Bank and our nonbank affiliates. Various federal and state statutory provisions and regulations limit the amount of dividends that Sterling Bank may pay. FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making a capital distribution, including payment of a dividend, or paying a management fee to its holding company if the institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. In addition, federal and state banking regulations applicable to Sterling Bancshares and Sterling Bank require minimum levels of capital which limit the amounts available for payment of dividends.

The terms of the Merger Agreement restrict the Company from declaring or paying any dividends without the consent of Comerica while the Merger is pending; provided, that the Company may declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends at a rate not in excess of $0.015 per share. Furthermore, the last quarterly dividend by the Company prior to completion of the Merger shall be coordinated with Comerica, so that shareholders of Sterling Bancshares do not receive dividends on both Sterling Bancshares common stock and Comerica common stock received in the Merger.

9

Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board monitors the capital adequacy of bank holding companies using risk-based capital adequacy guidelines to evaluate their capital adequacy. The Bank is subject to similar requirements promulgated by the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking. Under the guidelines, issued by the state and federal banking regulators, specific categories of assets and certain off-balance sheet assets such as letters of credit are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. In addition, the guidelines define each of the capital components. Total capital is defined as the sum of core capital elements (“Tier 1”) and supplemental capital elements (“Tier 2”), with Tier 2 being limited to 100% of Tier 1. For bank holding companies, Tier 1 capital includes, with certain restrictions, common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of cumulative perpetual stock and minority interest in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangible assets. Tier 2 capital includes, with certain limitations, perpetual preferred stock not meeting the Tier 1 definition, mandatory convertible securities, term subordinated debt, and allowances for loan and lease losses, less certain required deductions. All bank holding companies are required to maintain Tier 1 capital of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items, Total capital (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items and Tier 1 capital of at least 3% of adjusted quarterly average assets.

A minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is used as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of banks and bank holding companies. Tier 1 leverage ratio is defined to be Tier 1 capital divided by its average total consolidated assets. Certain highly rated institutions may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% Tier 1 capital to total average assets while others are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0% to 5.0%. The Texas Department of Banking’s policy requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 6%. At December 31, 2010, our leverage ratio was 10.32%.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to establish new minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements standards for banks and bank holding companies that are no lower than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations.

Under the increased capital standards established by the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their regulatory Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities issued on or after May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009. Among the hybrid debt and equity securities included in this prohibition are trust preferred securities, which we have used in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving our regulatory capital ratios. Although we may continue to include our existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A “well capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific capital ratio for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 under the CAMELS rating system in its most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth). A bank is “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized. The Company believes that as of December 31, 2010, the Bank was “well

10

capitalized” based on the guidelines and ratios for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. The regulations permit the appropriate federal banking regulator to downgrade an institution to the next lower category if the regulator determines (i) after notice and hearing or response, that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or (ii) that the institution has received and not corrected a less-than-satisfactory rating for any of the categories of asset quality, management, earnings or liquidity in its most recent examination.

In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisition, branch establishment or expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.

As an institution’s capital decreases, the FDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.

Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.

As part of an informal agreement that Sterling Bank entered into on January 26, 2010, with the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking, we submitted to such regulatory agencies a capital management plan that reflected Sterling Bank’s plans to maintain for the next three years minimum regulatory capital levels that are in excess of the minimum requirements to remain well capitalized but below its regulatory capital levels at December 31, 2009. If we are unable to maintain the regulatory capital levels that we proposed in our capital management plan or if we fail to adequately resolve any other matters that any of our regulators may require us to address in the future, we could become subject to more stringent supervisory actions. We believe we are in compliance regarding the informal agreement with the regulatory agencies and the capital plan that was submitted and accepted by those agencies. For additional information on our capital management plan and certain other provisions of this agreement, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital and Liquidity.”

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. A bank holding company that fails to meet the applicable risk-based capital standards will be at a disadvantage. For example, Federal Reserve Board policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company from borrowed funds as well as payments that would adversely affect capital adequacy. Failure to meet the capital guidelines may result in the issuance of supervisory or enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Board. FDICIA requires bank regulators to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels.

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies. Under the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, and regulations promulgated thereunder, Federal Reserve Board approval is necessary prior to any person or company acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities, and presumed to exist, subject to rebuttal, if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities and either the company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction. The BHCA requires a bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it acquires all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank.

11

Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) and the regulations promulgated by the FDIC to implement the CRA are intended to ensure that banks meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income communities and individuals, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA regulations also require the banking regulatory authorities to evaluate a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish new offices or consummate any merger or acquisition transaction. Under FIRREA, the federal banking agencies are required to rate each insured institution’s performance under CRA and to make such information publicly available. In the case of an acquisition by a bank holding company, the CRA performance records of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed as part of the processing of the acquisition application. A CRA rating other than “outstanding” or “satisfactory” can substantially delay or block a transaction. Based upon our most recent CRA examination, the Bank has a satisfactory CRA rating.

Permissible Activities for State-Chartered Institutions. The Texas Constitution provides that a Texas-chartered bank has the same rights and privileges that are granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. The Texas Finance Code also contains provisions that expand the powers of Texas-chartered banks. Under these provisions, a Texas-chartered bank may, with limited exceptions, perform any act, own any property, and offer any product or service that is permissible for any depository institution organized under federal law or the laws of any state, unless (i) prohibited by the FDICIA, or (ii) the Commissioner of the Texas Banking Department finds that the activity would adversely affect the safety and soundness of the bank. However, FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the DIF.

Branching. Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the branch is approved in advance by the Commissioner of the Texas Department of Banking. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community, and consistency with corporate powers.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including Sterling Bancshares, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the bank. In general, Section 23A imposes a limit on the amount of such transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Bank or its nonbanking affiliates.

Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which generally requires that certain other transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at that time for comparable transactions with or involving other non-affiliated persons.

The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively, the “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.

12

The Dodd-Frank Act increases limitations on transactions with insiders are expanded through the (i) strengthening on loan restrictions to insiders; and (ii) expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.

Brokered Deposit Restrictions. FIRREA and FDICIA generally limit institutions that are not well capitalized from accepting brokered deposits. In general, undercapitalized institutions may not solicit, accept or renew brokered deposits. Adequately capitalized institutions may not solicit, accept or renew brokered deposits unless they obtain a waiver from the FDIC. Even in that event, the institution must comply with rate limitations imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

Restrictions on Subsidiary Banks. Under federal law, a bank may not pay a dividend that results in an “undercapitalized” situation. Other requirements under Texas law affecting the operation of subsidiary banks include requirements relating to maintenance of reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and amount of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon and limitations relating to investments and other activities.

Examinations. The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates insured banks. FDIC examinations are conducted annually. The Texas Banking Commissioner also conducts examinations annually, unless additional examinations are deemed necessary to safeguard the interests of shareholders, depositors and creditors.

Audit Reports. The Company must submit annual audit reports prepared by an independent registered public accounting firm to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the institution’s holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. In addition, financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, management’s certifications concerning responsibility for the financial statements, internal controls and compliance with legal requirements designated by the FDIC, and an attestation by the independent registered public accounting firm relating to the internal controls must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more than $3 billion, an independent registered public accounting firm may be required to review quarterly financial statements. FDICIA requires that independent audit committees be formed, consisting solely of outside directors. Committees must include members with experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside counsel, and must not include representatives of large customers.

Deposit Insurance Assessments. The Bank must pay assessments to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance protection. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system as required by FDICIA. Under this system, insured depository institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. Institutions assigned to higher-risk classifications pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC collects The Financing Corporation (“FICO”) deposit assessments on assessable deposits. FICO assessments are set quarterly, and in 2010 ranged from 1.06 basis points in the first quarter to 1.04 basis points in the fourth quarter.

In the second quarter of 2009, the FDIC levied a special assessment on all insured depository institutions totaling five basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital. The special assessment was part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF. In November 2009, the FDIC passed a final rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly assessments in December 2009 for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. This prepayment was approximately $24.0 million for the Bank and is expensed based upon the regular quarterly assessments. The December 31, 2010 prepaid assessment balance was approximately $14.0 million.

13

The Dodd-Frank Act signed on July 21, 2010, made permanent the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000, from $100,000. In addition, it gave the FDIC greater discretion to manage the DIF, including where to set the Designated Reserve Ratio, or the DRR. The minimum DRR, which the FDIC is required to set each year, was raised to at least 1.35% from 1.15% to be achieved by September 30, 2020, and the Dodd-Frank Act removes the upper limit on the DRR (formerly capped at 1.50%). In setting assessments, the FDIC must offset the effect of the reserve ratio changes on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. Therefore assessment rates applicable to all insured depository institutions need be set only high enough to reach 1.15%; the mechanism for reaching 1.35% by the deadline will be determined separately. In addition, the act eliminated the requirement that the FDIC provide dividends from the fund when the reserve ratio is between 1.35% and 1.50% and also continued the FDIC’s authority to declare dividends when the reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least 1.50%, but grants the FDIC sole discretion in determining whether to suspend or limit the declaration or payment of dividends. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”) continues to require that the FDIC’s Board of Directors consider the appropriate level for the DRR annually and, if changing the DRR, engage in notice-and-comment rulemaking before the beginning of the calendar year.

In October 2010, the FDIC proposed a comprehensive, long-range plan for DIF management with the goals of maintaining a positive fund balance, even during a period of large fund losses, and steady, predictable assessment rates throughout economic and credit cycles. Based on updated income, loss and reserve ratio projections, the restoration plan foregoes the uniform three basis point assessment rate increase previously scheduled to go into effect January 1, 2011, and keeps the current rate schedule in effect. On February 7, 2011, the Board of Directors for the FDIC approved a final rule to implement the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the final rule (i) sets assessment rates at amounts necessary to offset the effect on small institutions of the requirement that the reserve ratio reach 1.35% by September 30, 2020; (ii) set the DRR at 2.0%; and (iii) modify the definition of an insured depository institution’s assessment base for calculating deposit insurance premiums.

Specifically, the final rule amends the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as average end-of-month Tier 1 capital). The Notice of Proposed Rulemaking would also make conforming changes to the unsecured debt and brokered deposit adjustments, eliminate the secured liability adjustment and create a new adjustment that would increase the assessment rate for an institution that holds long-term unsecured debt issue by another insured depository institution. The change will go into effect April 1, 2011 and will be reflected in invoices for assessments due September 30, 2011.

The final rule sets an initial base assessment rate ranging from five basis points (for a financial institutions in Risk Category I) to 35 basis points (for financial institutions in Risk Category IV). After adjustments, the proposed total base assessment rates range from 2.5 basis points for Risk Category I financial institutions) to 45 basis points (for Risk Category IV financial institutions).

Expanded Enforcement Authority. Federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject the Bank and its affiliates, as well as officers and directors, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil penalties.

Effect on Economic Environment. The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect

14

interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future.

Supervision and Regulation—Consumer Laws and Regulations. Banks are also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. Among the more prominent of such laws and regulations are the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Housing Act and consumer privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with consumers. With respect to consumer privacy, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally prohibits disclosure of customer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the customer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to customers annually.

The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new, independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (or the Bureau) that is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws. These consumer protection laws govern the manner in which we offer many of our financial products and services. The Bureau is in the process of being formed. Regulatory and rulemaking authority over these laws is expected to be transferred to the Bureau in July 2011.

The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau. State attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against certain state-chartered institutions. Although our subsidiaries do not currently offer many of these consumer products or services, compliance with any such new regulations would increase our cost of operations and, as a result, could limit our ability to expand into these products and services.

TARP Capital Purchase Program. On December 12, 2008, as part of the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Company issued the U.S. Treasury Preferred Shares and a ten-year warrant, referred to as the Warrant, to purchase up to 2.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $125 million. The enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the ARRA, permitted the Company, with the approval of the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, to redeem the Preferred Shares without completing an equity offering. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company fully redeemed the Preferred Shares that it sold to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008. The Company was approved to pay the funds back without any conditions from regulators. Under the ARRA, the U.S. Treasury was to liquidate the Warrant at the current market price. The Warrant to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock remained outstanding with the U.S. Treasury until they were auctioned by the U.S. Treasury in June 2010. The Warrant is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “SBIBW.”

Employees

We had 946 full time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2010. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our employee relations to be good. In 2010, Sterling Bank was named as one of the best places to work in Houston by the Houston Business Journal and one of Houston’s Top Workplaces by the Houston Chronicle.

Available Information

Under the Exchange Act, Sterling Bancshares is required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read a copy of any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information we file electronically with the SEC.

15

We make available, free of charge through our web site, our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with the SEC. Additionally, we have adopted and posted on our web site a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer. Our web site also includes the charters for our Audit Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The address for our web site is http://www.banksterling.com. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this report and is not incorporated by reference herein. We will also provide a printed copy of any of these aforementioned documents free of charge upon request.

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Risks, Uncertainties and Other Factors That May Affect Our Future Results

Risks Related to Our Business

Our profitability depends significantly on geographic economic conditions in the markets in which we operate.

Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the nation, the Houston metropolitan area and, to a lesser extent, that of the San Antonio, Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas metropolitan areas. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and financial services to customers primarily in the market areas in which we operate. The local economic conditions of these areas have a significant impact on our commercial, real estate and construction loans, the ability of the borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. A significant decline in general economic conditions, such as inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities, unemployment and other factors beyond our control will impact these local economic conditions and will negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, Houston remains largely dependent on the energy industry. A downturn in the energy industry and energy-related business could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional charge-offs. Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer defaults, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. Financial institutions have experienced decreased access to certain funding sources. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and stock price. Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions.

We rely on a small to medium-sized business market.

Our business development and marketing strategy primarily targets the banking and financial needs of small to medium-sized businesses with credit needs of under $5 million. These small to medium-sized businesses represent a major sector of the Houston and national economies. If general economic conditions negatively impact this economic sector in the metropolitan areas in which we operate, our results of operations and financial condition will be significantly affected. Our lending focuses on providing commercial and owner-occupied real estate loans to businesses. Because our loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and industrial, construction and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for possible loan losses and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

16

If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these loans, and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. We may experience significant credit losses that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the size of the allowance, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions and make various assumptions and estimates based on our experience and evaluation. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio. Significant additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

Furthermore, our federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those we make. Any increase in our allowance or charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on us.

If our nonperforming assets increase, our earnings will suffer.

Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonperforming assets. We reserve for probable losses, which is established through a current period charge to the provision for credit losses as well as from time to time, as appropriate, write-downs of the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio generally based on current appraisals and to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity. If our estimates of the recorded allowance for credit losses proves to be inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly and as a result our earnings may be adversely affected.

If we sell any of our loans or loan portfolios, or liquidate any collateral underlying our loans, we may suffer losses and our financial condition and results of operations may be affected.

We regularly evaluate certain of our individual loans and loan portfolios in the context of our ongoing assessment of our asset portfolios, and based on those evaluations we may determine to sell certain loans or loan portfolios. If we decide to sell any loans or loan portfolios, we may incur losses (and possibly material losses given current market conditions) if the sale prices we receive for such loans or loan portfolios are less than our carrying values for such loans or loan portfolios (inclusive of any allowance for credit losses). If we incur any losses as a result of any such sales, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected (and possibly materially affected). Similarly, if we are required to, or otherwise decide to liquidate the collateral securing any of our real estate-related loans, or any of our other real estate owned, in a period of reduced real estate values, and the sales prices we receive for the sale of such real estate is less than the carrying value reflected on our balance sheet, we may incur losses and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.

We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and securities and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will work against us, and our earnings may be negatively affected.

17

We are unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by the following factors, among others:

• general economic conditions including inflation, recession, or a rise in unemployment;

• policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies;

• tightening money supply;

• international disorder; and

• instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

Our asset/liability management strategy, which is designed to address the risk from changes in market interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, may not prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk.

Our investment securities portfolio has risks beyond our control that can significantly influence the fair value of the securities it contains. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack of market pricing of the securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. The current lack of market activity and the illiquidity of the securities have, in certain circumstances, required us to base our fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. Any change in current accounting principles or interpretations of these principles could impact our assessment of fair value and thus our determination of other than temporary impairment of the securities in our investment securities portfolio. If these securities are determined to be other than temporarily impaired, we would be required to write down the securities, which could adversely affect our earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

We are subject to liquidity risks.

Market conditions could negatively affect the level or cost of liquidity available to us, which would affect our ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund asset growth and new business transactions at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Core deposits are Sterling Bank’s primary source of funding. A significant decrease in Sterling Bank’s core deposits, an inability to obtain alternative funding to the core deposits, or a substantial, unexpected, or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a negative effect on our business and financial condition.

Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.

We face vigorous competition from banks and other financial institutions, including savings institutions, finance companies and credit unions. A number of these banks and other financial institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of banking services. To a limited extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. This competition may reduce or limit our margins on financial services, reduce our market share and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, we face competition primarily from other banks in attracting, developing and retaining qualified banking professionals.

We may not be able to maintain our historical growth rate which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We have initiated internal growth programs, completed various acquisitions and opened additional banking centers in the past few years. We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or may not even be able

18

to grow at all. We may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to fund additional growth and may not be able to find suitable candidates for acquisition. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit the opening of new banking centers. Further, our inability to attract and retain experienced bankers may adversely affect our internal growth. A significant decrease in our historical rate of growth may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to complete acquisitions, and once complete, may not be able to integrate our acquisitions successfully.

Our growth strategy includes our desire to acquire other financial institutions. We may not be able to complete any future acquisitions and, if completed, we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities we acquire. We may not realize expected cost savings or make revenue enhancements. Following each acquisition, we must expend substantial managerial, operating, financial and other resources to integrate these entities. In particular, we may be required to install and standardize adequate operational and control systems, deploy or modify equipment, implement marketing efforts in new as well as existing locations and employ and maintain qualified personnel. Our failure to successfully integrate the entities we acquire into our existing operations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

An impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill could negatively impact our earnings and capital.

Goodwill is initially recorded at fair value and is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given the current economic environment and conditions in the financial markets, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to our normal annual assessment if we experience disruption in our business, unexpected significant declines in our operating results, or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the resulting analyses could result in goodwill impairment charges in the future. These non-cash impairment charges could adversely affect our results of operations in future periods, and could also significantly impact certain financial ratios and limit our ability to obtain financing or raise capital in the future. A goodwill impairment charge does not adversely affect any of our regulatory capital ratios nor our tangible capital ratio.

The impact of recently enacted legislation and government programs to stabilize the financial markets and of recent legislative and regulatory initiatives cannot be predicted at this time, and it may significantly impact our financial condition, operations, capital position and ability to pursue opportunities.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities. Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on us and our operations. In addition, regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise of this regulatory discretion and power may have a negative impact on us, by imposing significant restrictions on our existing business or on our ability to develop any new business, limiting our ability to engage in strategic expansionary activities, requiring us to raise additional capital in the future, restricting or reducing our dividends or requiring us to dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period of time.

With the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, additional rulemaking and regulations will be forthcoming. These anticipated rules and regulations will significantly affect the financial services industry, including: greater powers to regulate risk across the financial system; a new Financial Services Oversight Council chaired by the U.S. Treasury Secretary; a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau; limits on the scope of federal preemption of state laws as applied to national banks; and changes in the regulatory agencies. Current regulatory initiatives may change certain capital levels that financial institutions, including changes to both the quality and quantity of

19

qualifying regulatory capital for insured depository institutions and their holding companies, are required to maintain. For example, as a result of our periodic enterprise-wide stress testing, we may be need to raise additional capital based on projected economic conditions. The risks noted above create significant uncertainty for us and the financial services industry in general.

There can be no assurance as to the timing of any of these rules will be promulgated, and when adopted, how the final rules and regulations will impact the businesses and operations of financial institutions, including us. The new regulations could have a significant adverse impact on the financial markets generally, including the added volatility to earnings as additional limits are placed on the products and services offered and limited credit availability as financial institutions attempt to meet and exceed new capital requirements. These regulations could require us to change certain of our business practices, impose additional costs on us, limit the products that we offer, result in significant loss of revenue, limit our ability to pursue business opportunities, cause business disruptions, impact the value of our assets or otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. The longterm impact of these initiatives on our business practices and revenues will depend, in part, upon our successful implementation of strategies responding to such initiatives, including strategies designed to address consumer and consumer behavior as a result of the changes, all of which are difficult to predict.

Risks Related to the Pending Merger with Comerica

Our ability to complete the Merger with Comerica is subject to the receipt of consents and approvals from government entities which may impose conditions that could adversely affect us or cause the Merger to be abandoned.

Before the Merger may be completed, we must obtain various approvals or consents from the Federal Reserve Board and various bank regulatory and other authorities. These regulators may impose conditions on the completion of the Merger or require changes to the terms of the Merger. Although Comerica and Sterling do not currently expect that any such conditions or changes would be imposed, there can be no assurance that they will not be, and such conditions or changes could have the effect of delaying completion of the Merger or imposing additional costs on or limiting the revenues of Comerica following the Merger. There can be no assurance as to whether the regulatory approvals will be received, the timing of those approvals, or whether any conditions will be imposed.

Termination of the Merger Agreement could negatively impact us.

If the Merger Agreement is terminated, there may be various consequences. For example, Sterling’s businesses may have been impacted adversely by the failure to pursue other beneficial opportunities due to the focus of management on the Merger, without realizing any of the anticipated benefits of completing the Merger, or the market price of Sterling common stock could decline to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the Merger will be completed. In addition, termination of the Merger Agreement would increase the possibility of downgrades by Sterling’s credit rating agencies or adverse regulatory actions which could adversely affect Sterling’s businesses. If the Merger Agreement is terminated and Sterling’s board of directors seeks another Merger or business combination, Sterling shareholders cannot be certain that Sterling will be able to find a party willing to pay the equivalent or greater consideration than that which Comerica has agreed to pay in the Merger. In addition, if the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances, including circumstances involving a change in recommendation by Sterling’s board of directors, Sterling may be required to reimburse Comerica’s expenses, up to a maximum of $3 million, or to pay Comerica a termination fee of $40 million.

We will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Merger is pending.

Uncertainty about the effect of the Merger on employees and customers may have an adverse effect on us. These uncertainties may impair Sterling’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the Merger is

20

completed, and could cause customers and others that deal with Sterling to seek to change existing business relationships with Sterling. Retention of certain employees by Sterling may be challenging while the Merger is pending, as certain employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with Sterling. If key employees depart because of issues relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with Sterling, Sterling’s business following the Merger could be harmed. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, Sterling has agreed to operate its business in the ordinary course prior to closing.

Combining the two companies may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected.

Comerica and Sterling have operated and, until the completion of the Merger, will continue to operate, independently. The success of the Merger will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully combine the businesses of Comerica and Sterling. To realize these anticipated benefits, after the completion of the Merger, Comerica expects to integrate Sterling’s business into its own. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of each company’s ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the combined company’s ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Merger. The loss of key employees could adversely affect Comerica’s ability to successfully conduct its business in the markets in which Sterling now operates, which could have an adverse effect on Comerica’s financial results and the value of its common stock. If Comerica experiences difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the Merger may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. As with any Merger of financial institutions, there also may be business disruptions that cause Sterling to lose customers or cause customers to remove their accounts from Sterling and move their business to competing financial institutions. Integration efforts between the two companies will also divert management attention and resources. These integration matters could have an adverse effect on each of Sterling and Comerica during this transition period and for an undetermined period after consummation of the Merger.

Pending litigation against us, certain of our directors and executive officers, and Comerica could result in an injunction preventing completion of the Merger, the payment of damages in the event the Merger is completed and/or may adversely affect the combined company’s business, financial condition or results of operations following the Merger.

In connection with the Merger, purported shareholders of Sterling filed lawsuits against Sterling, certain of Sterling’s directors and executive officers, and Comerica. Among other relief, the plaintiffs seek to enjoin the Merger. One of the conditions to the closing of the Merger is that no law or order by any court or governmental or regulatory authority is in effect that prohibits the completion of the Merger. If any of the plaintiffs are successful in obtaining an injunction prohibiting the defendants from completing the Merger, then such injunction may prevent the Merger from becoming effective, or from becoming effective within the expected time frame.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2. Properties

Our principal executive offices are located at 2950 North Loop West, Suite 1200, Houston, Texas, 77092, in space leased by the Company. We operate the following locations:

	Owned		Leased		Total
Banking centers in the Houston metropolitan area		3		28		31
Banking centers in the San Antonio area		4		9		13
Banking centers in the Dallas metropolitan area		2		11		13
Central department offices		1		3		4
Total		10		51		61

21

The Company has options to renew leases at most locations.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, Sterling is a party to various legal proceedings incident to its business.

On January 18, 2011, a purported shareholder of Sterling Bancshares filed a putative class action lawsuit relating to the Merger in the 11th District Court of Harris County, Texas, captioned Bailey v. Sterling Bancshares, Inc. et al., Cause No. 201103205. The plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the lawsuit on March 2, 2011.

On February 2, 2011, a purported shareholder of Sterling Bancshares filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit on behalf of Sterling Bancshares in the 295th District Court of Harris County, captioned Stockton v. Bird et al., Cause No. 201107148. The lawsuit names as defendants Sterling Bancshares, certain of its directors and officers, and Comerica. The lawsuit challenges the fairness of the Merger, alleges that the director and officer defendants breached their fiduciary duties to Sterling Bancshares, and that Sterling Bancshares and Comerica aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally seeks an injunction barring defendants from consummating the Merger, a declaratory judgment that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to Sterling Bancshares, an accounting of all damages allegedly caused by alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, and an accounting of all profits and special benefits allegedly obtained by the defendants as a result of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. In addition, if the Merger is consummated, the lawsuit seeks rescission of the Merger or an award of rescissory damages.

ITEM 4. Removed and Reserved

22

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends

Our stock trades through the Nasdaq Global Select Market System under the symbol “SBIB.” The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices per share of Sterling Bancshares’ common stock and the dividends paid thereon for each quarter of the last two years. This information has been restated to reflect all stock splits occurring prior to the issuance of this report.

	Sales Price Per Share				Dividend
	High		Low
2010
First quarter	$	5.60	$	4.70	$	0.015
Second quarter		6.24		4.71		0.015
Third quarter		5.43		4.41		0.015
Fourth quarter		7.12		5.27		0.015
	High		Low		Dividend
2009
First quarter	$	7.37	$	4.46	$	0.055
Second quarter		7.98		6.06		0.055
Third quarter		8.55		6.07		0.055
Fourth quarter		7.32		4.55		0.015

On January 16, 2011, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.015 per share payable on February 11, 2011, to shareholders of record on January 28, 2011. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the future or the amount or frequency of any such dividend. The payment of future dividends is dependent on many factors that we regularly consider, including our future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition as well as our discussions and agreements with our banking regulators.

As of March 2, 2011, there were 102,052,295 shares of Sterling’s common stock outstanding held by 852 shareholders of record. The closing price per share of common stock on December 31, 2010, the last trading day of Sterling’s fiscal year, was $7.02. The number of beneficial shareholders is unknown.

The terms of the Merger Agreement restrict the Company from declaring or paying any dividends without the consent of Comerica while the Merger is pending; provided, that Sterling may declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends at a rate not in excess of $0.015 per share. Furthermore, the last quarterly dividend by the Company prior to completion of the Merger shall be coordinated with Comerica, so that shareholders of Sterling Bancshares do not receive dividends on both Sterling Bancshares common stock and Comerica common stock received in the Merger.

For information on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and make loans to Sterling Bancshares, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity” and Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The Company did not issue any shares which were exempt from the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) thereunder during 2010.

23

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

On July 30, 2007, our Board of Directors amended our existing common stock repurchase program (the “Repurchase Program”) originally adopted by the Board of Directors on April 26, 2005. The aggregate number of shares originally approved by the Board of Directors for repurchase under the Repurchase Program remains unchanged at 3.8 million shares. We can repurchase shares of common stock from time to time in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions from available cash or other borrowings. During the fourth quarter of 2010, there were no purchases of our equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. We do not plan to utilize the option to repurchase shares of common stock during 2011.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Please read Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

24

Performance Graph

	Period Ending
Index	12/31/05		12/31/06		12/31/07		12/31/08		12/31/09		12/31/10
Sterling Bancshares, Inc.		100.00		128.51		112.22		62.59		54.27		75.11
Russell 2000		100.00		118.37		116.51		77.15		98.11		124.46
SNL Bank $5B-$10B		100.00		115.72		84.29		69.91		50.11		56.81

Source: SNL Financial LC ^© 2010

Composite of Cumulative Total Return (1) Russell 2000, SNL Financial LC $5 Billion—$10 Billion Asset Bank Index (2)

The performance graph above compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock against the cumulative total return indices of the Russell 2000 Index and the SNL Financial LC $5 Billion—$10 Billion Asset Bank Index for the period between December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2010. The historical stock price performance for the Company’s stock shown on the graph above is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance. The information on the Company’s common stock has been adjusted to reflect the three-for-two split (effected as a stock dividend) that was implemented in 2006.

There can be no assurance the Company’s stock performance will continue into the future with the same or similar trends depicted in the graph above. The Company will not make or endorse any predictions as to future stock performance.

(1) Assumes that the value of the investment in the Company, and each index, was $100 on December 31, 2005 and that all dividends were reinvested.

(2) The SNL Financial LC $5 billion-to-$10 billion Asset Bank Index includes all Major Exchange (NYSE, NYSE Amex, NASDAQ) Banks in SNL’s coverage universe with $5B to $10B in Assets as of most recent financial data.

25

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2008			2007			2006
	(Dollars and shares in thousands, except for per share amounts)
Income Statement Data:
Net interest income	$	168,693		$	191,709		$	198,084		$	185,624		$	171,806
Provision for credit losses		45,238			87,631			29,917			3,820			4,058
Noninterest income		33,429			35,895			41,027			36,220			31,217
Noninterest expense		159,043			163,184			153,210			139,354			131,186
Income (loss) before income taxes		(2,159	)		(23,211	)		55,984			78,670			67,779
Net income (loss)		704			(12,974	)		38,619			52,962			45,840
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders		704			(22,316	)		38,221			52,962			45,840
Balance Sheet Data (at period-end):
Total assets	$	5,191,953		$	4,937,048		$	5,079,979		$	4,535,909		$	4,117,559
Total loans		2,755,040			3,245,051			3,793,814			3,418,284			3,132,567
Allowance for loan losses		77,141			74,732			49,177			34,446			32,027
Total securities		1,552,635			1,069,061			805,396			656,776			573,614
Total deposits		4,257,430			4,094,951			3,819,137			3,673,711			3,334,611
Other borrowed funds		112,202			97,245			408,586			197,147			220,675
Subordinated debt		78,059			77,338			78,335			48,694			46,135
Junior subordinated debt		82,734			82,734			82,734			82,734			56,959
Shareholders’ equity		621,924			540,533			643,139			480,259			409,285
Common Share Data:
Earnings (loss) per common share (1):
Basic shares	$	0.01		$	(0.28	)	$	0.52		$	0.73		$	0.67
Diluted shares	$	0.01		$	(0.28	)	$	0.52		$	0.72		$	0.66
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic shares		98,617			78,696			73,177			72,659			68,834
Diluted shares		98,827			78,696			73,488			73,126			69,533
End of period common shares outstanding		101,984			81,853			73,260			73,159			71,001
Book value per common share at period-end	$	6.10		$	6.60		$	7.17		$	6.56		$	5.76
Cash dividends paid per common share	$	0.060		$	0.180		$	0.220		$	0.210		$	0.186
Common stock dividend payout ratio		827.32	%		N/M			41.72	%		28.77	%		27.99	%
Selected Performance Ratios and Other Data:
Return on average common equity		0.11	%		(4.01	)%		7.60	%		11.77	%		12.66	%
Return on average assets		0.01	%		(0.26	)%		0.80	%		1.22	%		1.18	%
Tax equivalent net interest margin (2)		3.70	%		4.22	%		4.55	%		4.77	%		4.90	%
Efficiency ratio (3)		77.93	%		69.17	%		63.04	%		61.84	%		63.79	%
Full-time equivalent employees		946			1,012			1,116			1,042			1,074
Number of banking centers		57			58			59			49			45
Liquidity and Capital Ratios:
Average loans to average deposits		72.63	%		88.83	%		101.31	%		91.93	%		95.85	%
Period-end shareholders’ equity to total assets		11.98	%		10.95	%		12.66	%		10.59	%		9.94	%
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets		12.19	%		11.92	%		10.50	%		10.38	%		9.33	%
Period-end tangible capital to total tangible assets		8.77	%		7.48	%		9.32	%		6.79	%		6.74	%
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets		15.43	%		11.61	%		12.14	%		9.05	%		8.64	%
Total capital to risk weighted assets		18.10	%		14.41	%		14.94	%		11.10	%		10.72	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average assets)		10.32	%		8.89	%		10.57	%		8.59	%		8.14	%
Asset Quality Ratios:
Period-end allowance for credit losses to period-end loans		2.84	%		2.39	%		1.34	%		1.03	%		1.05	%
Period-end allowance for loan losses to period-end loans		2.80	%		2.30	%		1.30	%		1.01	%		1.02	%
Period-end allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans		57.89	%		72.86	%		56.21	%		170.41	%		281.27	%
Nonperforming loans to period-end loans		4.84	%		3.16	%		2.31	%		0.59	%		0.36	%
Nonperforming assets to period-end assets		3.28	%		2.42	%		1.84	%		0.53	%		0.32	%
Net charge-offs to average loans		1.48	%		1.72	%		0.40	%		0.09	%		0.20	%

(1) The calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share excludes: 2,252,262; 1,603,428; 837,381; 550,505; and 139,025 shares for years 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively, which were antidilutive. Options and nonvested share awards have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for 2009 as the effect would have been antidilutive.

26

(2) Taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. The Company presents net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis. Accordingly, net interest income from tax-exempt securities and loans is presented in the net interest income results on a basis comparable to taxable securities and loans. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources.

(3) The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expense less acquisition costs, hurricane related costs, an employee severance payment, and trust preferred securities debt issuance costs by tax equivalent basis net interest income plus noninterest income less net gain (loss) on investment securities.

N/M Not meaningful.

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, other periodic reports filed by us under the Exchange Act, and other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of the Company contain certain statements relating to future events and our future results which constitute forward-looking statements under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These “forward-looking statements” are typically identified by words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “should,” “could,” or “may.”

Forward-looking statements reflect our expectation or predictions of future conditions, events or results based on information currently available and involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A of this report and the following:

• general business and economic conditions in the markets we serve could adversely affect, among other things, real estate prices, the job market, and consumer and business confidence which could lead to decreases in the demand for loans, deposits and other financial services that we provide and increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

• changes or volatility in the capital markets, interest rates and market prices may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and other financial instruments and the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet as well as our liquidity;

• The actual results of the Merger with Comerica could vary materially as a result of a number of factors, including: the possibility that competing offers may be made; the possibility that various closing conditions for the transaction may not be satisfied or waived; and the possibility that the Merger Agreement may be terminated;

• our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities;

• our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk as well as changes in the estimates we use to value certain of the securities in our portfolio;

• the effect of legislative or regulatory developments including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities, insurance and other aspects of the financial securities industry;

• competitive factors among financial services organizations, including product and pricing pressures and our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified banking professionals;

• the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory agencies; and

• the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws.

27

Overview

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” analyzes major elements of our Consolidated Financial Statements and provides insight into important areas of management’s focus. This introduction highlights selected information in this report and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting estimates, you should carefully read this entire report.

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments – The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and will continue to have, a broad impact on the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act also directs the federal regulatory agencies, including the SEC, Federal Reserve and FDIC, to promulgate numerous implementing regulations to give effect to many of the changes called for in the act. The agencies have already issued a number of requests for public comment, proposed rules and final regulations to implement the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Included among the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the recently issued regulations that may have an impact on our operations include:

• Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act and implementing final rules from the FDIC make permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits and also permits full deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts beginning on December 31, 2010. The assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (or the DIF) has been revised to use the institution’s average consolidated total assets less its average equity rather than its deposit base. The FDIC has issued final rules reflecting these changes, most recently on February 7, 2011 for changes to the calculation of an insured depository institution’s assessment base and increasing the designated reserve ratio for the DIF. The impact of each of these changes could result in higher deposit insurance premiums paid by our insured depository institutions.

• Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision. The federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. These new standards will be no lower than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations. The changes also restrict our ability to use hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, as qualifying Tier 1 capital. Although we may continue to include our existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit our ability to raise capital in the future.

• The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new, independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (or the Bureau) tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws. These consumer protection laws govern the manner in which we offer many of our financial products and services. Regulatory and rulemaking authority over these laws is expected to be transferred to the Bureau in July 2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau. State attorneys general are further permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against certain state-chartered institutions. Added regulations and compliance burdens will increase our costs and require the allocation of additional managerial resources.

• Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including us. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive

28

compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation claw-back policies for executive officers; and (4) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow shareholders of publicly traded-companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. The SEC recently adopted final rules implementing rules for the shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation and golden parachute payments.

Additional regulations called for in the Dodd-Frank Act, including regulations dealing with the risk retention requirements for, and disclosures required from, residential mortgage originators will be implemented over time. Although the Dodd-Frank Act contains some specific timelines for the Federal regulatory agencies to follow, it remains unclear whether the agencies will be able to meet these deadlines and when rules will be proposed and finalized. We continue to monitor the rulemaking process and, given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements would negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Critical Accounting Policies

An understanding of our accounting policies is important to an understanding of our reported results. Accounting policies are described in detail in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report of Form 10-K. Certain of our accounting policies are considered to be critical because they involve subjective judgment, estimation by management or are particularly complex in their nature.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. We determine the fair market values of our financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. Level 1 inputs include quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available Level 2 inputs are used. These inputs are based upon internally developed models that primarily use observable market-based parameters. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs which are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance for probable losses incurred on loans and binding commitments and consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded lending commitments. It is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses and is reduced by net charge-offs. Throughout the year, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb losses inherent in the existing portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for credit losses and credited to the allowance for credit losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb losses. Losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a probable loss has occurred. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.

Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any changes in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making our evaluation, we consider the industry

29

diversification of the commercial loan portfolio and the effect of changes in the local real estate market on collateral values. We also consider the results of recent regulatory examinations, our history of credit experience and our ongoing internal credit reviews.

The allowance for credit losses and the related provision for credit losses are determined based on the historical credit loss experience, changes in the loan portfolio, including size, mix and risk of the individual loans, and current economic conditions. Our allowance for credit losses consists of two components including a specific reserve on individual loans that are considered impaired and a component based upon probable but unidentified losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

Management’s judgment as to the level of probable losses on existing loans involves the consideration of current economic conditions and their estimated effects on specific borrowers; an evaluation of the existing relationships among loans, potential credit losses and the present level of the allowance; results of examinations of the loan portfolio by regulatory agencies; and management’s internal review of the loan portfolio. In determining the collectability of certain loans, management also considers the fair value of any underlying collateral. The amount ultimately realized may differ from the carrying value of these assets because of economic, operating or other conditions beyond our control. Please refer to the subsequent discussion of “Allowance for Credit Losses” below as well as in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional insight into management’s approach and methodology in estimating the allowance for credit losses.

Due to the variability in the drivers of the assumptions made in this process, estimates of our loan portfolio’s inherent risks and overall collectability change with changes in the economy, individual industries, and individual borrowers’ or counterparties’ ability and willingness to repay their obligations. The degree to which any particular assumption affects the allowance for credit losses depends on the severity of the change and its relationship to the other assumptions.

Key judgments used in determining the allowance for credit losses include: (i) risk ratings for pools of loans which are stratified by loan type, (ii) market and collateral values and discount rates for individually evaluated loans; (iii) loan type classifications for consumer and commercial loans and commercial real estate loans; (iv) loss rates used for each loan type; (v) adjustments made to assess current events and conditions; (vi) considerations regarding domestic economic uncertainty, and (vii) overall credit conditions.

For purposes of computing specific loss components of the allowance, larger loans are individually evaluated for impairment and smaller loans are evaluated as a pool. We typically review all classified loans $100 thousand and greater for individual impairment. Classified loans consist of substandard, doubtful or loss loans based on probability of repayment, collateral valuation and related collectability. If an individually evaluated loan is considered impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated through an increase to the allowance for credit losses, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans or portions thereof, are charged-off when deemed uncollectible. A loan is impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

The portion of the allowance for credit losses related to probable but unidentified losses inherent in the loan portfolio is based on a calculated historical loss ratio, migration analysis and certain qualitative risk factors. We calculate the historical loss ratio and migration analysis for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the average loans in the pool. These loan pools are divided by loan type including commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, consumer and residential mortgage loans. The historical loss ratios and migration analysis are updated quarterly based on actual charge-off experience. This historical loss ratio and migration analysis are then applied to the outstanding period-end loan pools. For years prior to 2009, management used a twelve quarter loss period with a heavier weighting applied to the most recent four quarters. Due to the economic uncertainty during 2009 and 2010 and increased charge-offs, management revised the loss period and considered the latest five and eight quarters, respectively, to be the most relevant historical loss periods for inclusion in the general allowance.

30

In addition to the calculated historical loss ratio, general valuation allowances are based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors. The qualitative factors include, among other things: (i) changes in lending policies and procedures; (ii) changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments; (iii) changes in the nature and volume of the loan/lease portfolio; (iv) changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff; (v) changes in the trend or the volume and severity of past due and classified loans/leases; (vi) trends in the volume of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, delinquencies and other loan/lease modifications; (vii) changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review system and the degree of oversight by the Bank’s board of directors; (viii) the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and (ix) the effect of external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the Bank’s current loan/lease portfolio. During 2009 and 2010, management increased these qualitative factors due to the significant and prolonged economic uncertainty.

The process of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses requires a high degree of judgment. It is possible that others, given the same information, may at any point in time reach different reasonable conclusions.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles. Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to at least an annual impairment test and more frequently if a triggering event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying amount. Other intangible assets consist primarily of core deposits and other intangibles. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on an accelerated basis over the years expected to be benefited, which we believe is approximately 10 years. An intangible asset subject to amortization shall be tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant or adverse change in the business climate that could affect the value of the intangible asset, indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value.

Our annual evaluation is performed as of September 30 of each year. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. Under the first step, goodwill is assigned to reporting units for purposes of impairment testing. Reporting units used for the goodwill impairment testing include our banking subsidiary, Sterling Bank and MBM Advisors, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sterling Bank that provides investment advisory and pension administration/consulting services. The estimation of fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value including the allocated goodwill. At September 30, 2010, goodwill totaled $173 million of which $165 million, or 95%, was allocated to Sterling Bank. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value including goodwill, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Goodwill impairment exists when the implied fair value of goodwill derived under step two is less than its carrying value.

For our annual impairment test performed as of September 30, 2010, the Sterling Bank reporting unit did not pass the first step of the impairment test, and therefore, we conducted the second step of the impairment testing. The second step required a comparison of the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying amount of goodwill and was based on information that was as of September 30, 2010. Based on the results of the step two analysis, we determined that there was no impairment of goodwill at September 30, 2010. In light of the overall instability of the economy, the continued volatility in the financial markets, the downward pressure on bank stock prices and expectations of financial performance for the banking industry, including the reporting units, management’s estimates of fair value may be subject to change or adjustment. Estimates of fair value are determined based on a complex model using cash flows and company comparisons. If management’s estimates of future cash flows are inaccurate, the fair value determined could be inaccurate and impairment may not be recognized in a timely manner. If our market capitalization declines or remains below book value, we may update our valuation analysis to determine whether goodwill is impaired. No assurance can be given that goodwill will not be written down in future periods. On January 16, 2011, subsequent to the annual goodwill analysis, the Company entered into a Merger Agreement with Comerica. At the date of the Merger Agreement, Sterling’s common stock was valued at $10.00 per share compared to a book value of $6.10 at December 31, 2010.

31

To determine the fair value of the reporting units under step one of the impairment test, both an income approach and market approach were utilized. The income approach was based on projected cash flows derived from assumptions of balance sheet and income statement activity. Value was then derived by present valuing the projected cash flows using an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate based on a market participant’s cost of equity. Value under the market approach was based on applying various market capitalization pricing multiples, such as price to tangible book, price to earnings, etc., observed from comparable companies to the reporting unit. The results of the income and market approach were weighted to arrive at the final estimation of fair value for the reporting unit. As the ability to identify truly comparable companies lessened given the fluctuations in market capitalization across the banking industry, the Company believed that a heavier weighting on the income approach was more appropriate.

The aggregate fair values of the reporting units as determined under step one of the impairment test were compared to market capitalization as an assessment of the reasonableness of the estimated fair values of the reporting units. For each of the impairment tests performed, the comparison between the aggregate fair values and market capitalization indicated an implied premium which was within the range of control premiums observed in the marketplace.

To determine the implied fair value of goodwill, the fair value of Sterling Bank (as determined in step one) was allocated to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit including any recognized or unrecognized intangible assets in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. Key valuations were the fair value of the loan portfolio and debt and the assessment of core deposit and trade name intangible assets. The valuation of the loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses resulted in an overall discount of approximately three percent which we believe was supported by transactions occurring in the marketplace and was consistent with the “exit price” principle of fair value. The implied fair value of Sterling Bank’s goodwill exceeded its carrying value by an estimated 20% as of September 30, 2010; therefore, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill as of that date.

Results of Operations

Performance Summary. Net income applicable to common shareholders for 2010 was $704 thousand or $0.01 per diluted common share. Net loss applicable to common shareholders for 2009 was $22.3 million, or $0.28 per diluted common share which included total preferred dividends of $9.3 million or $0.12 per diluted common share related to the preferred stock issued and redeemed under the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Assets Relief Program. Net loss before preferred stock dividends for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $13.0 million, or $0.16 per diluted common share. Net income available to common shareholders was $38.2 million, or $0.52 per diluted common share for 2008.

During 2010 our net interest margin and income continued to be negatively impacted by increased liquidity, weak loan demand and historically low interest rates. As a result, net interest income decreased $23.0 million for 2010 compared to 2009. The decrease in net interest income was more than offset by a decrease in the provision for credit losses of $42.4 million. The net loss before preferred stock dividends for 2009 was due primarily to an increase in the provision for credit losses of $57.7 million over 2008 and increased FDIC assessments of $6.3 million due in part to a one-time special FDIC insurance assessment of $2.3 million.

A banking institution’s return on average assets and return on average common equity are two commonly used industry measures of performance. Return on average assets (“ROA”) measures net income after preferred dividends in relation to average total assets and is an indicator of a company’s ability to employ its resources profitably. For 2010, our ROA was 0.01%, as compared to (0.26)% and 0.80% for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Return on average common equity (“ROE”) measures net income after preferred dividends in relation to average common equity and is an indicator of a company’s return to its common shareholders. For 2010, our ROE was 0.11%, as compared to (4.01)%, and 7.60% for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents the amount by which interest income on interest-earning assets, including loans and securities, exceeds interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits and

32

borrowings. Net interest income is our principal source of earnings. Interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in the amount and type of earning assets and liabilities, combine to affect net interest income.

The Federal Reserve Board significantly influences market interest rates, including rates offered for loans and deposits by many financial institutions. Generally, when the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the Federal Reserve Board changes the target overnight interest rate charged by banks, the market responds with a similar change in the prime lending rate. Our loan portfolio is impacted significantly by changes in short-term interest rates. From June 2006 until September of 2007, overnight interest rates remained consistent at 5.25%. Beginning in September 2007, the FOMC decreased overnight interest rates by 500 basis points to 0.25% at December 31, 2008. Rates remained at this historically low level throughout 2009 and 2010. This significant decline in interest rates has negatively impacted our net interest income and margin.

33

Certain average balances, together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense and the average tax equivalent interest yield/rates are included below (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010								2009								2008
	Average Balance			Interest		Average Yield/ Rate			Average Balance			Interest		Average Yield/ Rate			Average Balance			Interest		Average Yield/ Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Loans held for sale (1)	$	9,256		$	165		1.79	%	$	11,335		$	156		1.37	%	$	71,050		$	4,696		6.61	%
Loans held for investment (1):
Taxable		2,986,519			162,643		5.45	%		3,532,002			200,860		5.69	%		3,583,762			236,259		6.59	%
Non-taxable (2)		2,347			124		5.28	%		5,089			306		6.01	%		3,637			294		8.09	%
Securities:
Taxable		1,191,352			37,902		3.18	%		820,887			36,417		4.44	%		620,506			29,660		4.78	%
Non-taxable (2)		106,685			5,733		5.37	%		98,278			5,262		5.35	%		97,328			5,116		5.26	%
Deposits in financial institutions		308,882			761		0.25	%		86,673			154		0.18	%		510			10		1.92	%
Other interest-earning assets		2,174			7		0.33	%		28,703			80		0.28	%		8,642			165		1.91	%
Total interest-earning assets		4,607,215			207,335		4.50	%		4,582,967			243,235		5.31	%		4,385,435			276,200		6.30	%
Noninterest-earning assets:
Cash and due from banks		76,421								57,556								101,711
Premises and equipment, net		48,458								49,763								40,297
Other assets		394,794								370,902								364,306
Allowance for loan losses		(78,965	)							(56,257	)							(38,377	)
Total noninterest-earning assets		440,708								421,964								467,937
Total assets	$	5,047,923							$	5,004,931							$	4,853,372
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Demand and savings	$	2,023,670		$	15,272		0.75	%	$	1,757,305		$	16,024		0.91	%	$	1,416,594		$	17,285		1.22	%
Certificates and other time		888,939			11,662		1.31	%		1,105,055			24,051		2.18	%		1,107,735			37,443		3.38	%
Other borrowed funds		103,419			2,781		2.69	%		207,766			1,897		0.91	%		542,413			11,607		2.14	%
Subordinated debt		78,139			2,853		3.65	%		77,643			3,325		4.28	%		62,128			4,474		7.20	%
Junior subordinated debt		82,734			4,182		5.05	%		82,734			4,486		5.42	%		82,734			5,731		6.93	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		3,176,901			36,750		1.16	%		3,230,503			49,783		1.54	%		3,211,604			76,540		2.38	%
Noninterest-bearing sources:
Demand deposits		1,215,327								1,132,469								1,086,727
Other liabilities		40,569								45,530								45,396
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities		1,255,896								1,177,999								1,132,123
Shareholders’ equity		615,126								596,429								509,645
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	5,047,923							$	5,004,931							$	4,853,372
Tax equivalent net interest income and margin (2) (3)					170,585		3.70	%					193,452		4.22	%					199,660		4.55	%
Non-GAAP to GAAP Reconciliation:
Tax Equivalent Adjustment:
Loans					40								97								92
Securities					1,852								1,646								1,484
Total tax equivalent adjustment					1,892								1,743								1,576
Net interest income				$	168,693							$	191,709							$	198,084

(1) For the purpose of calculating loan yields, average loan balances include nonaccrual loans with no related interest income.

(2) Taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. Net interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Accordingly, net interest income from tax-exempt securities and loans is presented in the net interest income results on a basis comparable to taxable securities and loans. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources.

(3) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

34

The following table shows the portions of the net change in tax equivalent interest income and expense due to changes in volume or rate. The changes in tax equivalent interest income due to both rate and volume in the analysis have been allocated proportionately to the volume or rate changes (in thousands):

	2010 vs. 2009 Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in:									2009 vs. 2008 Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in:
	Volume			Rate			Total			Volume			Rate			Total
Interest-earning assets:
Loans held for sale	$	(32	)	$	41		$	9		$	(2,343	)	$	(2,197	)	$	(4,540	)
Loans held for investment:
Taxable		(29,989	)		(8,228	)		(38,217	)		(3,306	)		(32,093	)		(35,399	)
Non-taxable (1)		(147	)		(35	)		(182	)		121			(109	)		12
Securities:
Taxable		13,576			(12,091	)		1,485			9,009			(2,252	)		6,757
Non-taxable (1)		544			(73	)		471			(251	)		397			146
Deposits in financial institutions		526			81			607			160			(16	)		144
Other interest-earning assets		(122	)		49			(73	)		116			(201	)		(85	)
Total tax equivalent interest income		(15,644	)		(20,256	)		(35,900	)		3,506			(36,471	)		(32,965	)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Demand and savings		2,233			(2,985	)		(752	)		3,680			(4,941	)		(1,261	)
Certificates and other time		(3,753	)		(8,636	)		(12,389	)		(735	)		(12,657	)		(13,392	)
Other borrowed funds		(1,333	)		2,217			884			(5,047	)		(4,663	)		(9,710	)
Subordinated debt		21			(493	)		(472	)		953			(2,102	)		(1,149	)
Junior subordinated debt		0			(304	)		(304	)		1			(1,246	)		(1,245	)
Total interest expense		(2,832	)		(10,201	)		(13,033	)		(1,148	)		(25,609	)		(26,757	)
Tax equivalent net interest income (1)	$	(12,812	)	$	(10,055	)	$	(22,867	)	$	4,654		$	(10,862	)	$	(6,208	)

(1) Taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. Net interest income is presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Accordingly, net interest income from tax-exempt securities and loans is presented in the net interest income results on a basis comparable to taxable securities and loans. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources.

Tax equivalent net interest income decreased $22.9 million or 11.8% for 2010 compared to 2009, and $6.2 million or 3.1% for 2009 compared to 2008. Our tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.70% for 2010 compared to 4.22% for 2009 and 4.55% for 2008. The decline in both net interest income and margin for 2010 and 2009 was due to the decline in interest rates that began in late 2007, a decline in average loans as a percentage of interest-earning assets, an increase in nonperforming assets, lower interest income from interest rate hedges, and increased liquidity. Changes in the mix of interest-earning assets and liabilities influence our net interest income and margin. During 2008 and 2009 we had a larger percentage of interest-earning assets invested in higher-yielding loans as compared to 2010. Beginning in 2009 and throughout 2010 we increased securities as a percentage of interest-earning assets to further diversify our interest-earning asset portfolio and utilize excess liquidity. We made this decision in part to support our interest income stream in light of the economic conditions having a negative impact on interest earnings from our loan portfolio. Average loans as a percentage of average interest-earning assets decreased from 83% in 2008 to 77% in 2009 and 65% in 2010, while average securities increased from 16% in 2008 to 20% in 2009 and 28% in 2010.

Total tax equivalent interest income decreased $35.9 million or 14.8% for 2010 compared to 2009 and $33.0 million or 11.9% for 2009 compared to 2008 due to a decrease in interest income on loans. The decrease in

35

interest income on loans was due to a decline in average loans and a decrease in yield earned. On average, loans decreased $550 million or 15.5% for 2010 compared to 2009, and $110 million or 3.0% for 2009 compared to 2008. The average yield earned on the loan portfolio was 5.43%, 5.67% and 6.59% for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The decrease in yield earned was due to a combination of the decline in market interest rates discussed above, an increase in nonperforming loans, and a decrease in interest income from interest rate hedges. For the purpose of calculating loan yields, average loan balances include nonaccrual loans with no related interest income. Nonaccrual loans increased $30.7 million to $133 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $103 million at December 31, 2009, and increased $15.1 million compared to $87.5 million at December 31, 2008. Interest forgone on nonaccrual loans was $9.1 million, $5.3 million, and $3.6 million for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Interest income and loan yield were also impacted by a decrease in interest income from interest rate hedges. Interest income from the interest rate hedges was $5.3 million, $13.3 million and $10.3 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During the third quarter of 2009 our interest rate floor matured. As of August 1, 2010, the remaining gain associated with our interest rate collar was fully amortized into interest income. At December 31, 2010, we did not have any outstanding interest rate hedges associated with our loan portfolio.

Tax equivalent interest income on securities increased $2.0 million for 2010 compared to 2009 and $6.9 million for 2009 compared to 2008, due to an increase in the average securities portfolio. Average securities increased $379 million for 2010 compared to 2009 and $201 million for 2009 compared to 2008. Tax equivalent yield earned on securities decreased 117 basis points for 2010 compared to 2009 and 31 basis points for 2009 compared to 2008. During 2010 and 2009, we increased our securities as a percentage of interest-earning assets.

Net interest income and margin were also adversely impacted by an increase in the use of lower yielding interest-earning cash during 2010 and 2009. Average interest-earning cash deposits in other financial institutions increased $222 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and $86.2 million for 2009 compared to 2008. The average yield on these deposits was 0.25% for 2010, 0.18% for 2009, and 1.92% for 2008.

Total interest expense decreased $13.0 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and $26.8 million for 2009 compared to 2008 due primarily to a decline in interest rates paid and the utilization of lower cost interest-bearing demand and savings deposits. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.16% for 2010 compared to 1.54% for 2009 and 2.38% in 2008.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $13.1 million for 2010 compared to 2009 and $14.7 million for 2009 compared to 2008 due primarily to a decrease in rates paid. Additionally, beginning in 2009 we allowed some of our higher cost certificate and other time deposits to mature and be replaced with lower cost interest-bearing demand deposits. On average, certificate and other time deposits decreased $216 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and $2.7 million for 2009 compared to 2008. The average rate paid on certificate and other time deposits was 1.31% for 2010 compared to 2.18% in 2009, and 3.38% in 2008. The decline in average certificate and other time deposits was offset by an increase in average interest-bearing demand deposits of $266 million for 2010 compared to 2009. The rate paid on interest-bearing demand deposits was 0.75%, 0.91% and 1.22% for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Average other borrowed funds decreased $104 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and $335 million for 2009 compared to 2008. The average rate paid on other borrowed funds was 2.69% for 2010, up from 0.91% during 2009 and 2.14% in 2008. The increase in rate paid on other borrowings during 2010 was due in part to $50 million of our structured repurchase agreements becoming fixed at an average rate of 3.69% during the first quarter of 2010. These borrowings had a zero percent rate as of December 31, 2009. The decrease in the rate paid on other borrowings for 2009 compared to 2008 was due to the decrease in market interest rates during 2008.

Provision for Credit Losses. The provision for credit losses is determined by management as the amount to be added to the allowance for credit losses to bring the allowance to a level which, in management’s estimate, is

36

necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio. The provision for credit losses for 2010 was $45.2 million as compared to $87.6 million for 2009 and $29.9 million for 2008. See the section captioned “Allowance for Credit Losses” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for credit losses.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2010			2009			2008
Customer service fees	$	14,376		$	15,431		$	15,771
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities		(136	)		(14	)		(722	)
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities		80			(1,792	)		478
Wealth management fees		7,930			7,953			8,984
Net gain (loss) on loans		(2,162	)		(1,160	)		200
Bank owned life insurance		3,590			3,585			3,664
Debit card income		2,633			2,351			2,479
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends		21			47			480
Other		7,097			9,494			9,693
Total	$	33,429		$	35,895		$	41,027

Total noninterest income decreased $2.5 million or 6.9% for 2010 compared to 2009 and $5.1 million or 12.5% for 2009 compared to 2008. Details of the changes in the various components of noninterest income are discussed below:

We recorded a $136 thousand credit-related other-than-temporary impairment loss (“OTTI”) on two held-to-maturity debt securities during the fourth quarter of 2010, based on their cash flow analyses. These securities are backed by hybrid adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. As of the date of OTTI, both of these securities were rated investment grade. We did not intend to sell these securities, and it was not more likely than not that we would be required to sell the investments before recovery of their remaining amortized cost bases as of the date of OTTI. Therefore, for 2010, the amount of the credit-related OTTI of $136 thousand, was recognized in earnings and the amount of the noncredit-related impairment of $461 thousand, was recognized in other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2010.

We recorded a $14 thousand credit-related OTTI on a held-to-maturity debt security during the second quarter of 2009, based on its cash flow analysis. This security was issued in 2007 and was backed by hybrid adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. At June 30, 2009, this security was an investment grade security. As of the date of OTTI, we did not intend to sell the security, and it was not more likely than not that we would be required to sell the investment before recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis. Therefore, for 2009, the amount of the credit-related OTTI of $14 thousand, was recognized in earnings and the amount of the noncredit-related impairment of $2.7 million, was recognized in other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2009.

We recorded an OTTI loss of $722 thousand during 2008 on certain interest-only securities. These securities were tied to underlying government guaranteed loans and were subject to prepayment and interest rate fluctuations. Given the length of time these securities had been in an unrealized loss position, current prepayment factors for the underlying loan and management’s inability to determine when a full recovery of the value may occur, management considered these securities to be other than temporarily impaired. We sold these interest-only securities during the second quarter of 2010.

Net losses on the sale of securities for 2009 of $1.8 million were due to realized losses of $7.1 million recorded on the sale of certain private-label CMO’s. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we sold five private-label CMO’s that were classified as held-to-maturity. The decision to sell these securities in 2009 was due to the significant credit downgrading of the securities which caused these securities to be classified as “substandard” assets by management. Throughout 2009 we monitored these securities noting a significant decline in the credit ratings in

37

under a year. In addition, the underlying performance of these securities had continued to deteriorate as delinquencies continued to increase. Given these credit downgrades, the current economic uncertainty along with the increasing levels of delinquencies being reported for all residential mortgage loans, we believed there was additional risk associated with holding these securities until maturity. These securities had a carrying value of $24.1 million at the time of sale. These losses were partially offset by realized gains of $5.3 million on the sale of available-for-sale investments with a cost basis of $96.0 million which were sold as part of our ongoing portfolio management.

Wealth management fees were $7.9 million for 2010, down slightly from 2009 and decreased $1.0 million for 2009 compared to 2008. The decrease during 2009 was due primarily to a decline in investment management fees which are assessed based on the market value of managed assets. Our wealth management group provides customized solutions for high net worth customers by integrating financial services with traditional banking products and services such as private banking, money management, full-service brokerage, financial planning, personal and institutional trust and retirement services, as well as investment advisory and pension administration/consulting services.

Net losses on loans in 2010 were due to lower of cost or market adjustments of $3.1 million on certain nonperforming commercial real estate loans held for sale. Net losses on loans for 2009 of $1.2 million were due primarily to realized losses on the sale of certain nonperforming commercial real estate loans. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we sold $8.4 million of substandard and nonperforming commercial real estate loans resulting in a loss of $1.4 million. We recorded a lower of cost or market adjustment of $251 thousand during 2009 related to these loans. These losses were offset by approximately $1.0 million of gains in 2010 and $500 thousand in 2009 from the sale of residential mortgage loans originated by us.

Other noninterest income decreased $2.4 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and $199 thousand for 2009 compared to 2008. During 2009, we recorded $2.1 million of gains as a result of cash flow hedge ineffectiveness. The decrease in noninterest income for 2009 compared to 2008 was due to due primarily to a decrease in other lending fees of approximately $2.0 million which was offset by the hedge ineffectiveness gain recorded in 2009.

Noninterest Expense. The following table shows the detail of noninterest expense (in thousands):

	2010		2009		2008
Salaries and employee benefits	$	81,611	$	86,930	$	85,253
Occupancy		23,148		23,826		21,782
Technology		9,192		9,850		9,794
Professional fees		7,049		4,702		4,707
Postage, delivery and supplies		2,694		2,866		3,672
Marketing		954		1,930		2,545
Core deposits and other intangibles amortization		2,150		2,247		2,328
Acquisition costs		0		1,134		562
FDIC insurance assessments		10,130		8,830		2,525
Net losses (gains) and carrying costs of other realestate owned and foreclosed property		2,581		3,085		40
Other		19,534		17,784		20,002
Total	$	159,043	$	163,184	$	153,210

Total noninterest expense for 2010 decreased $4.1 million compared to 2009, and increased $10.0 million for 2009 compared to 2008. Details of the changes in various components of noninterest expense are discussed below:

Salaries and employee benefits decreased $5.3 million for 2010 compared to 2009. During 2010 and 2009, we recorded severance charges of approximately $1.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively, as part of our ongoing

38

company-wide expense reduction initiative. As a result of these expense reduction initiatives, salary expense, excluding severance, decreased $3.1 million for 2010 compared to 2009. Additionally, incentive compensation decreased $1.3 million for 2010 compared to 2009 due primarily to not attaining certain production goals. Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.7 million for 2009 compared to 2008. This increase was primarily due to severance charges of $2.1 million recorded during the second quarter of 2009 as part of our ongoing company-wide expense reduction initiative. Additional increases in 2009 were due to a decrease in cost deferrals related to lending activities and increases in employee benefits, including deferred compensation and additional employer matches due to changes in our 401(k) Plan. This increase was partially offset by the reversal of $1.7 million of stock-based compensation expense related to certain performance based stock awards that were not expected to be fully earned as our performance fell below the threshold performance metrics specified in the respective stock awards.

Occupancy expense was $23.1 million for 2010, down slightly from 2009. Occupancy expense increased $2.0 million for 2009 compared to 2008. The increase in 2009 was due primarily to the consolidation of our central and corporate offices into one central location in Houston. In addition, during 2009 we opened two new banking centers in Houston.

Technology expense decreased $658 thousand for 2010 compared to 2009 and increased $56 thousand for 2009 compared to 2008. The decrease in 2010 was due primarily to a decrease in depreciation on hardware and software from various system upgrades that were completed in prior years.

Professional fees increased $2.3 million or 49.9% for 2010 compared to 2009. This increase was due in part to an increase in consulting fees associated with a review of our personnel, policies and procedures. The remaining increase was due to elevated legal fees resulting from the Merger Agreement announced on January 18, 2011, additional fees associated with certain proxy matters and elevated nonperforming assets.

During 2009 we recorded $1.1 million of acquisition-related expenses in connection with the First Bank branch acquisition that was expected to close during the fourth quarter of 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we announced the termination of the purchase and assumption agreement entered into by Sterling Bank with First Bank on August 7, 2009, without penalty to either party. This was a mutual decision after it was determined that the transaction could not be completed by December 31, 2009, as contemplated by the agreement. Beginning in 2009, acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and include all acquirer expenses including investment banking, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting services fees. Under the accounting guidance in effect prior to 2009, these costs were allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We recorded $562 thousand in acquisition-related expenses for 2008. Acquisition expenses for 2008 included retention bonuses and data processing costs related to the conversion of computer systems.

FDIC insurance premiums increased $1.3 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and $6.3 million for 2009 compared to 2008 due to increased FDIC assessment rates and average deposits. Additionally, we recorded a special FDIC assessment of $2.3 million during the second quarter of 2009 as the FDIC levied a special assessment to all insured depository institutions totaling five basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital. The special assessment was part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF. In September 2009, the FDIC passed a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly assessments in December 2009 for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. This prepayment was approximately $23.9 million and is being expensed based on the regular quarterly assessments.

Net losses (gains) and carrying costs of other real estate owned and foreclosed property was $2.6 million for 2010, $3.1 million for 2009 and $40 thousand for 2008. Other real estate owned and foreclosed property expenses during 2010 were due primarily to carrying costs associated with increased real estate foreclosures. During 2009 we recorded net losses of $2.3 million on other real estate owned due to weaker economic conditions that resulted in declines in property values.

39

Other noninterest expense was $19.5 million for 2010, up $1.8 million compared to 2009. This increase was due in part to an increase in appraisal fees of $1.2 resulting from appraisals associated with nonperforming loans. Other noninterest expense was $17.8 million for 2009, down $2.2 million from 2008. This decrease can be attributed to our ongoing company-wide expense reduction plan as we identified additional ways to reduce expenses in areas within the bank, which included consolidating certain banking centers, cutting vendor costs, and eliminating unnecessary service agreements. These actions were all part of building and maintaining a long-term sustainable cost discipline throughout the entire organization.

Income Taxes. We recorded a tax benefit of $2.9 million and $10.2 million from federal and state income taxes during 2010 and 2009, respectively. We provided $17.4 million for federal and state income taxes for 2008. The effective tax benefit rate for 2010 and 2009 was approximately 133% and 44%, respectively, reflecting a tax benefit resulting from a net loss and the proportion of nontaxable income relative to total income. The effective tax rate for 2008 was approximately 31%. During 2010 and 2008, we revised our estimate to remove contingent liabilities totaling $290 thousand and $619 thousand, respectively, related to the expiration of previous tax contingencies. These reductions resulted in lower effective tax rates during these periods. The effective tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt income from loans, securities and life insurance policies.

Financial Condition

At December 31, 2010, total assets were $5.2 billion, an increase of $255 million, or 5.2%, from December 31, 2009. This increase in total assets was primarily attributable to total deposit growth of $162 million which, combined with principal reductions of $490 million in loans, funded an increase in the securities portfolio of $484 million and an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $257 million.

Average total assets in 2010 increased $43 million, from 2009 primarily due to a $379 million increase in average securities and a $222 million increase in deposits in financial institutions. The increase in average securities and deposits in financial institutions during 2010 was offset by a decrease in average loans of $550 million.

At December 31, 2010, total liabilities were $4.6 billion, an increase of $174 million from December 31, 2009. The increase in total liabilities was attributable to the $162 million increase in total deposits from December 31, 2009.

Average total liabilities for 2010 increased $24.3 million compared to 2009. The increase in average total liabilities was attributable to an increase in average deposits.

Loans Held for Investment. The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type, excluding loans held for sale, as of December 31 (dollars in thousands):

	2010					2009					2008					2007					2006
	Amount		%			Amount		%			Amount		%			Amount		%			Amount		%
Commercial and industrial	$	617,528		22.4	%	$	795,789		24.6	%	$	1,093,942		28.8	%	$	912,604		27.3	%	$	824,494		26.8	%
Real estate:
Commercial		1,511,744		55.0	%		1,667,038		51.6	%		1,763,712		46.5	%		1,387,014		41.5	%		1,336,465		43.4	%
Construction		220,076		8.0	%		360,444		11.1	%		545,303		14.4	%		714,600		21.4	%		597,985		19.4	%
Residential		353,519		12.8	%		344,807		10.7	%		309,622		8.2	%		226,033		6.8	%		209,163		6.8	%
Consumer/other		42,477		1.5	%		52,124		1.6	%		63,883		1.7	%		75,626		2.3	%		79,642		2.6	%
Foreign loans		7,005		0.3	%		13,071		0.4	%		15,828		0.4	%		23,960		0.7	%		30,096		1.0	%
Total	$	2,752,349		100.0	%	$	3,233,273		100.0	%	$	3,792,290		100.0	%	$	3,339,837		100.0	%	$	3,077,845		100.0	%

At December 31, 2010, loans held for investment were $2.8 billion, a decrease of $481 million or 14.9% over loans held for investment at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, loans held for investment were $3.2

40

billion, a decrease of $559 million or 14.7% over loans held for investment at December 31, 2008. The decline in loans during both 2010 and 2009 was due, in part, to principal reductions in commercial and industrial loans including our energy lending portfolio, and declines in construction and development and commercial real estate loans. Our energy lending portfolio decreased $98.0 million or 37.5% to $164 million at December 31, 2010, compared to December 31, 2009, and decreased $181 million or 40.8% for 2009 compared to 2008. The remaining decrease in commercial and industrial loans was the result of customers reducing their inventory positions and paying down on lines-of-credit. Commercial real estate and construction and development loans decreased $155 million and $140 million, respectively, for 2010 compared to 2009 and $96.7 million and $185 million, respectively, for 2009 compared to 2008. These decreases were due to our decision to reduce our exposure to these loan categories, and slowing demand resulting from customer decisions to reduce new projects.

Our primary lending focus is commercial loans and owner-occupied real estate loans to businesses with annual revenues of $100 million or less. Typically, our customers have financing requirements between $50 thousand and $5 million. The Bank’s legal lending limit was $117 million at December 31, 2010, and was not exceeded by any single loan relationship. At December 31, 2010, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans were 55.0% and 22.4%, respectively, of loans held for investment. At December 31, 2009, commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans were 51.6% and 24.6%, respectively, of loans held for investment.

We make commercial loans primarily to small and medium-sized businesses and to professionals. Our commercial loan products include revolving lines of credit, letters of credit, working capital loans, loans to finance accounts receivable and inventory and equipment finance leases. Commercial loans typically have floating rates of interest and are for varying terms (generally not exceeding three years). In most instances, these loans are personally guaranteed by the business owner and are secured by accounts receivable, inventory and/or other business assets. In addition to the commercial loans secured solely by non-real estate business assets, we make commercial loans that are secured by owner-occupied real estate, as well as other business assets.

Commercial mortgage loans are often secured by first liens on real estate, typically have floating interest rates, and are most often amortized over a 15-year period with balloon payments due at the end of three to five years. In underwriting commercial mortgage loans, we give consideration to the property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition. The underwriting analysis also includes credit checks, appraisals and a review of the financial condition of the borrower.

We also make loans to finance the construction of residential and nonresidential properties, such as retail shopping centers and commercial office buildings. Generally, construction loans are secured by first liens on real estate. We conduct periodic inspections, either directly or through an architect or other agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in our construction lending activities. Construction and development loans were $220 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $140 million since December 31, 2009. This decrease was due to lower customer demand and our efforts to reduce our exposure to those types of loans in the current environment.

The following table summarizes our commercial, construction and multifamily residential real estate loan portfolios, excluding foreign loans, by the type of property securing the credit at December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands). Multifamily residential real estate is included in the residential mortgage real estate loan category.

Property type:
Office and office warehouse	$	364,304	20.4	%
Retail		330,440	18.5	%
Hospitality		281,469	15.8	%
Acquisition and land development		172,527	9.7	%
Industrial warehouse		77,976	4.4	%
Multifamily residential		68,772	3.9	%
1-4 family		34,040	1.9	%
Other		454,760	25.4	%
Total	$	1,784,288	100.0	%

41

The Bank makes automobile, boat, home improvement and other loans to consumers. These loans are primarily made to customers who have other business relationships with us.

The following table presents loan maturities of the total loan portfolio excluding residential mortgage and consumer loans at December 31, 2010 (in thousands). The table also presents the portion of loans that have fixed interest rates or variable interest rates that reprice at various intervals over the life of the loan.

	Due in One Year or Less		Due After One Year Through Five Years		Due After Five Years		Total
Commercial and industrial	$	417,659	$	178,812	$	21,057	$	617,528
Real estate—commercial		261,428		702,827		547,489		1,511,744
Real estate—construction		101,015		91,591		27,470		220,076
Foreign loans		3,288		640		2,134		6,062
Total loans	$	783,390	$	973,870	$	598,150	$	2,355,410
Loans with a fixed interest rate	$	219,529	$	629,266	$	167,602	$	1,016,397
Loans with a floating interest rate		563,861		344,604		430,548		1,339,013
Total loans	$	783,390	$	973,870	$	598,150	$	2,355,410

Our largest industry concentrations are in our hospitality and energy portfolios. At December 31, 2010, our hospitality portfolio totaled $281 million which represented approximately 10% of total loans held for investment compared to $303 million or 9.3% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2009. The hospitality industry is a several billion dollar industry that primarily depends on the availability of leisure time and disposable income as well as business activity. The majority of the portfolio consists of mid-priced hotels and motels, most of which are nationally flagged properties in major Metropolitan Statistical Areas. There are no resort-type or luxury properties included within this portfolio. In underwriting these property types, appraisals provide valuation for lending purposes of land and buildings only. There were no new loans added to the portfolio during 2010 or 2009. We saw deterioration in this portfolio during 2009 and continuing into 2010 as $35.5 million of loans at December 31, 2010, were nonperforming, up from $20.2 million at December 31, 2009. Over the last 18 months the industry has experienced significant declines in occupancy rates, average daily room rates, and revenue per available room. Approximately $70 million of our hospitality loans, at December 31, 2010, are located outside of Texas and were originated through our Capital Markets and SBA groups which are discussed in further detail below.

Our Capital Markets and SBA group originated, co-originated or purchased first-lien, commercial real estate mortgage loans referred by other financial institutions nationwide. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, this loan portfolio consists of $295 million and $359 million, respectively, in commercial real estate with collateral outside of Texas, of which $86.4 million and $111 million, respectively, was in California. At December 31, 2010, the loans originated by our Capital Markets and SBA group represented approximately 10.7% of total loans. The average-sized loan within this portfolio is $1.0 million with the largest loan being approximately $4.0 million. Over half of these loans are secured by owner-occupied facilities. These loans generally have low loan-to-value ratios (below 60%) and approximately 50% of these loans have a U.S. Small Business Administration second lien behind our first lien. The loans without SBA second liens were underwritten with similar collateral and equity requirements. We utilize real estate appraisers familiar with the geographic region in which the property is located in to evaluate all loans. These appraisals are reviewed by a third-party appraisal review vendor for accuracy and compliance with our underwriting standards and banking regulations. We have not originated these types of loans since early 2008 as market conditions began to change. We saw deterioration in this portfolio during 2009 and continuing into 2010 as $46.5 million of loans at December 31, 2010, and $33.1 million of loans at December 31, 2009 were nonperforming. At December 31, 2009, $9.9 million of these nonperforming loans were classified as held for sale. As a result of this deterioration, we charged-off approximately $15.0 million and $18.0 million, respectively, against the allowance for credit losses associated with this loan portfolio during 2010 and 2009.

42

The following table summarizes our out-of-state capital markets and SBA commercial real estate loan portfolio by the type of property securing the credit. Property type concentrations are stated as a percentage of year-end total capital markets and SBA commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

Property type:
Hospitality	$	69,438	23.5	%
Office and office warehouse		64,010	21.7	%
Retail		61,233	20.8	%
Industrial warehouse		20,792	7.0	%
Multifamily residential		4,750	1.6	%
Other		74,875	25.4	%
Total	$	295,098	100.0	%

At December 31, 2010, our energy lending portfolio totaled $164 million which represents approximately 5.9% of total loans held for investment down from $262 million or 8.1% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2009. The petroleum industry is usually divided into three major components: upstream, midstream and downstream. The upstream oil sector is a term commonly used to refer to the searching for and the recovery and production of crude oil and natural gas. The upstream oil sector is also known as the exploration and production sector. The composition of the collateral of our upstream energy portfolio, at December 31, 2010, consists of 55% gas reserves and 45% oil reserves. These reserve-based loans represent approximately 90% of our energy portfolio. Our remaining energy portfolio consists of well-secured loans to companies that would be classified as midstream energy companies. A midstream energy company is a company that processes and transports crude oil and natural gas. The energy lending group participates in shared national credits which are defined by banking regulators as credits of more than $20.0 million and with three or more non-affiliated banks as participants. The energy lending group is the only group that consistently participates in shared national credits.

As of December 31, 2010, there were no other concentrations of loans to any one type of industry exceeding 10% of total loans, nor were there any loans classified as highly leveraged transactions.

At December 31, 2010, loans held for investment were 64.6% of deposits and 53.0% of total assets. Loans held for investment were 79.0% of deposits and 65.5% of total assets at December 31, 2009.

Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale totaled $2.7 million at December 31, 2010, as compared with $11.8 million at December 31, 2009. Loans held for sale at December 31, 2010, consisted of residential mortgage loans originated by our mortgage lending group. Loans held for sale at December 31, 2009, consisted of $10.8 million commercial real estate and $1.0 million of residential mortgage loans. Loans are classified as held for sale when management has positively determined that the loans will be sold in the foreseeable future and we have the ability to do so. The classification may be made upon origination or subsequent to the origination or purchase. Once a decision has been made to sell loans not previously classified as held for sale, such loans are transferred into the held for sale classification and carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

During the third quarter of 2009, management transferred $20.9 million in net book value commercial real estate loans from our national SBA/commercial real estate portfolio to held for sale. Management charged-off a portion of these loans against the related allowance for credit losses upon reclassification. We sold $8.4 million of the loans in the fourth quarter of 2009 resulting in a net loss of $1.4 million. Of the remaining $10.8 million commercial real estate loans classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2009, $9.9 million were considered nonperforming loans. In addition, during the third quarter of 2009, we also transferred a $16.0 million energy relationship to held for sale as management had entered into a definitive agreement to sell these loans. For additional information, refer to the allowance for credit losses section below regarding the details of this sale during the fourth quarter of 2009.

43

Securities. The carrying amount of securities we held at December 31 is shown below (dollars in thousands):

	2010					2009					2008
	Amount		%			Amount		%			Amount		%
Available-for-Sale
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies	$	59,714		4.6	%	$	56,487		6.7	%	$	1,774		0.3	%
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions		1,100		0.1	%		1,270		0.2	%		1,358		0.2	%
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		1,214,223		94.3	%		774,012		91.4	%		616,028		97.3	%
Other securities		12,518		1.0	%		14,447		1.7	%		14,197		2.2	%
Total	$	1,287,555		100.0	%	$	846,216		100.0	%	$	633,357		100.0	%
Held-to-Maturity
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions	$	112,919		42.6	%	$	101,091		45.4	%	$	95,910		55.7	%
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		152,161		57.4	%		121,754		54.6	%		76,129		44.3	%
Total	$	265,080		100.0	%	$	222,845		100.0	%	$	172,039		100.0	%

At December 31, 2010, securities totaled $1.6 billion, an increase of $483 million, or 45.2%, from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2009. We increased securities as a percentage of interest-earning assets to further diversify our interest-earning asset portfolio and further utilize excess liquidity. We made this decision in part to support our interest income stream in light of the economic conditions having a negative impact on our interest earnings from our loan portfolio. These securities represented 29.9% and 21.7% of total assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale securities were $13.9 million at December 31, 2010 as compared to $12.3 million at December 31, 2009.

The carrying amount of securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity is shown below (dollars in thousands):

	Due in One Year or Less					Due after One Year through Five Years					Due After Five Years through Ten Years					Due After Ten Years					Total
	Amount		Weighted Average Yield			Amount		Weighted Average Yield			Amount		Weighted Average Yield			Amount		Weighted Average Yield
Available-for-Sale
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies	$	35,176		3.29	%	$	24,538		2.10	%	$	0		0.00	%	$	0		0.00	%	$	59,714
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions		745		4.53	%		355		3.91	%		0		0.00	%		0		0.00	%		1,100
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		48,128		2.91	%		968,947		2.93	%		145,485		2.76	%		51,663		2.94	%		1,214,223
Other securities		12,518		5.37	%		0		0.00	%		0		0.00	%		0		0.00	%		12,518
Total	$	96,567		3.38	%	$	993,840		2.91	%	$	145,485		2.76	%	$	51,663		2.94	%	$	1,287,555
Held-to-Maturity
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions	$	10,077		3.44	%	$	45,153		3.68	%	$	48,737		3.67	%	$	8,952		4.08	%	$	112,919
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		1,148		2.82	%		132,876		3.01	%		13,359		2.84	%		4,778		4.55	%		152,161
Total	$	11,225		3.38	%	$	178,029		3.18	%	$	62,096		3.49	%	$	13,730		4.24	%	$	265,080

44

The tax equivalent book yield on our securities portfolio for 2010 was 3.1%. The weighted-average life of the portfolio was approximately 4.2 years, the modified duration was approximately 3.7 years and the effective duration was approximately 2.7 years at December 31, 2010. The tax equivalent book yield on our securities portfolio for 2009 and 2008 was 4.0% and 4.9%, respectively. The weighted-average life of the portfolio was approximately 4.1 years, the modified duration was approximately 3.6 years and the effective duration was approximately 2.4 years at December 31, 2009.

We did not own the securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies) of which the aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2010.

We review investment securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of OTTI with formal reviews performed quarterly. Net OTTI losses on individual investment securities are recognized as a realized loss through earnings when it is more likely than not that we will not collect all of the contractual cash flows or we are unable to hold the securities to recovery.

For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we separate OTTI into the amount that is credit-related and the amount that is due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective interest rate. The amount due to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a $597 thousand OTTI on two held-to-maturity CMO securities which included $136 thousand of credit-related OTTI and $461 thousand recorded directly to other comprehensive income for the noncredit-related impairment amount. During the second quarter of 2009, we recorded a $2.7 million OTTI on one held-to-maturity CMO security which included $14 thousand of credit-related OTTI and $2.7 million recorded directly to other comprehensive income for the noncredit-related impairment amount. During the second half of 2009, this security was further downgraded to a CC rating. The continued credit deterioration of this security combined with an increase in the number and amount of other below investment grade securities within our securities portfolio contributed to our decision to sell this security during the fourth quarter of 2009.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank sold five private-label CMO’s that were classified as held-to-maturity resulting in a total realized loss of $7.1 million. The decision to sell these securities in 2009 was due to the significant credit downgrading of the securities which caused these securities to be classified as “substandard” assets by management. Throughout 2009, we monitored these securities noting a significant decline in the credit ratings in under a year. In addition, the underlying performance of these securities had continued to deteriorate as delinquencies continued to increase. Given these credit downgrades, the current economic uncertainty along with the increasing levels of delinquencies being reported for all residential mortgage loans, we believed there was additional risk associated with holding these securities until maturity. These securities had a carrying value of $24.1 million at the time of sale.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we also sold $96.0 million of our available-for-sale securities portfolio for a gain of $5.3 million. These securities were sold as part of our ongoing portfolio management.

Deposits. Our lending and investing activities are funded primarily by deposits, 81% of which were core deposits at December 31, 2010. Core deposits exclude brokered deposits and time deposits over $100,000. These “jumbo” deposits are characteristically more sensitive to changes in interest rates and, thus we do not consider these a part of our core funding.

Total deposits as of December 31, 2010, increased $162 million to $4.3 billion, up 4.0% compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase in deposits was primarily concentrated in our noninterest-bearing demand

45

deposits which increased $178 million or 15.6% for 2010 compared to 2009. Interest-bearing demand deposits increased $134 million or 6.7% for 2010 compared to 2009. The growth in noninterest and interest-bearing demand deposits was offset by a decrease in certificates of deposits which decreased $150 million or 15.9% for 2010 compared to 2009. Approximately 68.9% of deposits at December 31, 2010, were interest-bearing. The percentage of interest-bearing demand and noninterest-bearing demand deposits to total deposits as of December 31, 2010, was 50.2% and 31.1%, respectively, and our loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2010, was 64.7%.

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the past three years ended December 31 are presented below (dollars in thousands):

	2010					2009					2008
	Average Balance		Average Rate			Average Balance		Average Rate			Average Balance		Average Rate
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	1,215,327				$	1,132,469				$	1,086,727
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits		2,023,670		0.75	%		1,757,306		0.91	%		1,416,594		1.22	%
Time deposits		775,893		1.40	%		916,972		2.33	%		978,579		3.46	%
Brokered certificates of deposit		113,046		0.70	%		188,083		1.43	%		129,156		2.79	%
Total deposits	$	4,127,936		0.92	%	$	3,994,830		1.40	%	$	3,611,056		2.17	%

Average total deposits increased $133 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The increase during 2010 was due to internal deposit growth. The changes in deposit mix and interest rates decreased the average cost of funds for deposits by 48 basis points in 2010.

Average total deposits increased $384 million in 2009 compared to 2008. The increase during 2009 was due to internal deposit growth. The changes in deposit mix and interest rates decreased the average cost of funds for deposits by 77 basis points in 2009.

Average brokered certificates of deposit totaled $113 million in 2010, $188 million in 2009 and $129 million in 2008. We utilize brokered deposits together with other borrowed funds as a source of funding for our lending and investment activities.

The maturities of time deposits of $100 thousand or more at December 31, 2010 are shown below (in thousands):

Three months or less	$	248,516
Over three through six months		91,664
Over six through twelve months		173,313
Thereafter		58,985
	$	572,478

46

Other Borrowed Funds. Deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending, investment and general business activities. Details of other borrowed funds are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2008
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Balance outstanding at period-end	$	40,000		$	40,500		$	212,500
Weighted average interest rate at period-end		2.94	%		2.95	%		0.79	%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end	$	40,500		$	222,500		$	638,000
Daily average balance		40,237			68,396			435,804
Weighted average interest rate for the period		2.98	%		2.15	%		2.21	%
Repurchase agreements
Balance outstanding at period-end	$	70,335		$	55,695		$	59,936
Weighted average interest rate at period-end		2.24	%		0.00	%		1.04	%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end	$	70,335		$	61,967		$	67,288
Daily average balance		60,604			59,583			51,129
Weighted average interest rate for the period		2.60	%		0.27	%		1.79	%
Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings
Balance outstanding at period-end	$	1,867		$	1,050		$	36,150
Weighted average interest rate at period-end		0.19	%		0.25	%		0.50	%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end	$	3,364		$	46,325		$	80,200
Daily average balance		2,581			28,390			47,828
Weighted average interest rate for the period		0.14	%		0.39	%		2.11	%
Treasury Auction Facility
Balance outstanding at period-end	$	0		$	0		$	100,000
Weighted average interest rate at period-end		0.00	%		0.00	%		0.42	%
Maximum outstanding at any month-end	$	0		$	150,000		$	100,000
Daily average balance		0			51,397			7,650
Weighted average interest rate for the period		0.00	%		0.30	%		0.42	%

As of December 31, 2010, we had $112 million in other borrowings compared to $97.2 million at December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately $15.0 million. The FHLB borrowings are collateralized by mortgage loans, certain pledged securities, FHLB stock and any funds on deposit with the FHLB. FHLB advances are available to Sterling Bank under a security and pledge agreement. At December 31, 2010, we had total funds of $1.6 billion available under this agreement of which $40.0 million was outstanding with an average interest rate of 2.94% and matures in seven years. We utilize these borrowings to meet liquidity needs. Maturing advances are replaced by drawing on available cash, making additional borrowings or through increased customer deposits.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent the purchase of interests in securities by banking customers and structured repurchase agreements with other financial institutions. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had securities sold under agreements to repurchase with banking customers of $20.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively. Structured repurchase agreements totaled $50.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and consisted of agreements with two separate financial institutions totaling $25.0 million, each that will mature in 2015. The rate on these repurchase agreements became fixed during the first quarter of 2010 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.88% and 3.50%, respectively. The rate on these repurchase agreements was zero at December 31, 2009.

Treasury Auction Facilities (“TAF”) are term funds auctioned to depository institutions by the Federal Reserve Board. Each TAF auction is for a fixed amount, with the rate determined by the auction process (subject to a minimum bid rate). All advances must be fully collateralized. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no TAF borrowings outstanding.

47

We have federal funds purchased at correspondent banks that typically mature within one to 90 days. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, federal funds outstanding with correspondent banks were $1.1 million, respectively, and payable upon demand.

Junior Subordinated Debt/Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Trust Preferred Securities. As of December 31, 2010, we had the following issues of trust preferred securities outstanding and junior subordinated debt owed to trusts (dollars in thousands):

Description	Issuance Date	Trust Preferred Securities Outstanding		Interest Rate	Junior Subordinated Debt Owed To Trusts		Final Maturity Date
Statutory Trust One	August 30, 2002	$	20,000	3-month LIBOR plus 3.45%	$	20,619	August 30, 2032
Capital Trust III	September 26, 2002		31,250	8.30% Fixed		32,217	September 26, 2032
BOTH Capital Trust I	June 30, 2003		4,000	3-month LIBOR plus 3.10%		4,124	July 7, 2033
Capital Trust IV	March 26, 2007		25,000	3-month LIBOR plus 1.60%		25,774	June 15, 2037
Total		$	80,250		$	82,734

Each of the trusts is a statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing the proceeds thereof in junior subordinated debentures of Sterling Bancshares. The trust preferred securities of each trust represent preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payments of the junior subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by Sterling Bancshares. Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon Sterling Bancshares making payments on the related junior subordinated debentures. Sterling Bancshares’ obligations under the junior subordinated debentures and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by Sterling Bancshares of each respective trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by each respective trust.

Each issuance of trust preferred securities outstanding is mandatorily redeemable 30 years after issuance and is callable beginning five years after issuance if certain conditions are met (including the receipt of appropriate regulatory approvals). The trust preferred securities may be prepaid earlier upon the occurrence and continuation of certain events including a change in their tax status or regulatory capital treatment. In each case, the redemption price is equal to 100% of the face amount of the trust preferred securities, plus the accrued and unpaid distributions thereon through the redemption date.

Trust preferred securities are included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes pursuant to guidance from the Federal Reserve.

Subordinated Debt. In April 2003, we raised approximately $50.0 million through a private offering of subordinated unsecured notes. These subordinated notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.375% and mature on April 15, 2013. Interest payments are due semi-annually. The subordinated notes may not be redeemed or called prior to their maturity. Debt issuance costs of approximately $1.0 million are being amortized over the ten-year term of the notes on a straight-line basis. In June 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement in which the Bank swapped the fixed rate to a floating rate. Under the terms of the swap agreement, we receive a fixed coupon rate of 7.375% and pay a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR that is reset on a quarterly basis, plus 3.62%. This swap is designated as a fair-value hedge that qualifies for the “shortcut method” of accounting. If the swap were to become ineffective the change in the fair value would be reflected in our statement of income.

48

On June 30, 2008, the Bank entered into a subordinated note in the aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. The subordinated note bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50% and will be reset quarterly. The unpaid principal balance plus all accrued and unpaid interest on the subordinated debt shall be due and payable on September 15, 2018. The Bank may prepay the subordinated debt without penalty on any interest payment date on or after September 15, 2013.

Asset Quality

Risk Elements. We have several systems and procedures in place to assist in managing the overall quality of the loan portfolio. In addition to established underwriting guidelines and approval processes, we monitor delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. We also perform reviews of the loan portfolios on a regular basis to identify troubled loans and to assess their overall probability of collection.

Ongoing portfolio reviews are conducted by our internal loan review department under an established loan review program. Loans are reviewed based on current risks within the loan portfolio with a targeted loan review penetration of at least 50% annually of the total outstanding balance of commercial and real estate loan portfolios. Additionally, on an annual basis we review all loans with an outstanding balance of $1 million or greater.

Through the loan review process, we maintain an internally classified loan list, which, along with the delinquency list of loans, helps us assess the overall quality of the loan portfolios and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. Loans on this list are classified as substandard, doubtful or loss based on probability of repayment, collateral valuation and related collectability.

Loans classified as “substandard” have clear and defined weaknesses such as highly leveraged positions, unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition, which may jeopardize the loan’s recoverability. Loans classified as “doubtful” have characteristics similar to substandard loans but with an increased risk that a loss may occur or that at least a portion of the loan may require a charge-off if liquidated at present. Although loans classified as substandard do not duplicate loans classified as doubtful, both substandard and doubtful loans include some loans that are delinquent at least 30 days or are on nonaccrual status. Loans classified as “loss” are those loans that are in the process of being charged off.

Our classified loan list is also used to identify loans that are considered nonperforming. Nonperforming loans are loans which have been categorized by management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful. Our nonperforming and past due loans are substantially collateralized by assets, with any excess of loan balances over collateral values specifically allocated in the allowance for loan losses. On an ongoing basis, we receive updated appraisals on loans secured by real estate, particularly those categorized as nonperforming loans and potential problem loans. In those instances where updated appraisals reflect reduced collateral values, an evaluation of the borrower’s overall financial condition is made within a short time following receipt of the appraisal to determine the need, if any, for possible write-downs or appropriate additions to the allowance for loan losses.

Potential problem loans are substandard loans that are not considered nonperforming but where information known by management indicates that the borrower may be unable to comply with the present terms.

In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulty but is current on their payments and we make certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured-accruing loan. Most restructured-accruing loans are the result of providing certain borrowers a temporary reduction in their payments for a three to six month period. These reductions are generally in the form of a partial or interest only payment. We typically do not extend payment maturities, reduce interest rates or forgive principal or interest.

If management determines that it is in the best interest of the Company and the borrower, it will restructure a loan that has already been classified as nonaccrual. Nonaccrual loans that are restructured remain on nonaccrual

49

for a period of at least six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan.

In addition to the internally classified loan list and delinquency list of loans, we maintain a separate “watch list” which further aids in monitoring the loan portfolios. Watch list loans show warning elements, deficiencies that require attention in the short run, or where pertinent ratios of the loan account have weakened to a point where more frequent monitoring is warranted. These loans do not have all the characteristics of a classified loan (substandard or doubtful) but do show weakened elements as compared with those of a satisfactory credit.

Nonperforming assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2010			2009			2008			2007			2006
Nonperforming loans:
Loans held for sale:
Real estate:
Commercial	$	0		$	9,896		$	0		$	0		$	0
Total loans held for sale		0			9,896			0			0			0
Loans held for investment:
Commercial and industrial		3,849			5,832			35,855			7,903			5,156
Real estate:
Commercial		98,992			62,363			36,953			8,221			4,252
Construction		12,791			12,398			8,706			1,887			424
Residential		17,260			11,778			5,607			1,825			1,163
Consumer/other		372			297			370			378			392
Loans held for investment		133,264			92,668			87,491			20,214			11,387
Total nonperforming loans		133,264			102,564			87,491			20,214			11,387
Foreclosed assets:
Real estate acquired by foreclosure		37,064			16,763			5,625			3,683			1,465
Other repossessed assets		3			38			154			152			404
Total foreclosed assets		37,067			16,801			5,779			3,835			1,869
Total nonperforming assets	$	170,331		$	119,365		$	93,270		$	24,049		$	13,256
Restructured—accruing	$	27,699		$	69,857		$	0		$	0		$	0
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more	$	507		$	41		$	8,448		$	1,304		$	2,731
Nonperforming loans to period-end loans		4.84	%		3.16	%		2.31	%		0.59	%		0.36	%
Nonperforming assets to period-end assets		3.28	%		2.42	%		1.84	%		0.53	%		0.32	%

Nonperforming assets were $170 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $51.0 million compared to December 31, 2009. The increase in nonperforming assets for 2010 compared to 2009 was due to an increase in nonperforming loans of $30.7 million and an increase in foreclosed assets of $20.3 million. The increase in foreclosed assets during 2010 was due to the transition of certain nonperforming loans into this category during 2010 as we successfully gained control of approximately $43.0 million of collateral through foreclosure. Foreclosed assets are recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the time of foreclosure. Write-downs occurring at foreclosure are charged against the allowance for possible loan losses. Approximately, $34.8 million of real estate acquired by foreclosure at December 31, 2010, was related to commercial income producing property.

50

Potential problem loans were $166 million at December 31, 2010, down $21.1 million from $188 million at December 31, 2009. These loans are commercial in nature and span a variety of industries. These borrowers are all paying as agreed, however, weaknesses in these companies’ operating performance has caused heightened attention to these credits. Additionally, potential problem loans at December 31, 2010, included $22.1 million of loans that we have classified as restructured-accruing.

Restructured-accruing loans were $27.7 million and $69.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of which $22.1 million and $48.8 million, respectively, were classified as substandard and are therefore considered potential problem loans. Restructured-accruing loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 included $5.0 million and $33.1 million, respectively, of loans that were originated as part of our Capital Markets and SBA group. We granted certain borrowers minor concessions in the form of temporary payment reductions. We believe these payment reductions are a practical and customary business practice and can help a quality borrower get through a challenging time or difficult temporary situation. These concessions better protect the bank’s interests by improving the borrower’s ability to repay its loan in full. Due to the prolonged economic downturn, we have determined that it is appropriate to report all modifications that result in even the slightest accommodation as a restructured loan.

Accruing loans 90 days past due or more were $507 thousand and $41 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance consisting of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded lending commitments. It is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses and is reduced by net charge-offs.

Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any changes in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making our evaluation, we consider the industry diversification of the commercial loan portfolio and the effect of changes in the local real estate market on collateral values. We also consider the results of recent regulatory examinations, our history of credit experience and our ongoing internal credit reviews.

The allowance for credit losses and the related provision for credit losses are determined based on the historical credit loss experience, changes in the loan portfolio, including size, mix and risk of the individual loans, and current economic conditions. Our allowance for credit losses consists of two components including a specific reserve on individual loans that are considered impaired and a component based upon probable but unidentified losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

Due to the economic uncertainty during 2009 and 2010 and increased charge-offs, management revised the loss period and considered the latest five and eight quarters, respectively, to be the most relevant historical loss periods for inclusion in the general allowance.

During 2009 and 2010, management increased their qualitative factors due to the significant and prolonged economic uncertainty.

51

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related data (dollars in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2008			2007			2006
Allowance for loan losses at January 1	$	74,732		$	49,177		$	34,446		$	32,027		$	31,230
Charge-offs:
Commercial and industrial		6,534			22,068			9,408			3,267			4,372
Real estate, mortgage and construction		41,849			40,253			5,241			1,066			3,879
Consumer/other		1,075			1,589			1,959			1,629			1,199
Total charge-offs		49,458			63,910			16,608			5,962			9,450
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial		1,739			1,713			1,392			1,829			3,205
Real estate, mortgage and construction		2,930			789			117			47			79
Consumer/other		308			530			640			1,189			507
Total recoveries		4,977			3,032			2,149			3,065			3,791
Net charge-offs		44,481			60,878			14,459			2,897			5,659
Allowance for credit losses associated with acquired institutions		0			0			0			1,496			2,152
Provision for loan losses		46,890			86,433			29,190			3,820			4,304
Allowance for loan losses at December 31	$	77,141		$	74,732		$	49,177		$	34,446		$	32,027
Allowance for unfunded loan commitments at January 1		2,852			1,654			927			927			1,173
Provision for losses on unfunded loan commitments		(1,652	)		1,198			727			0			(246	)
Allowance for unfunded loan commitments at December 31		1,200			2,852			1,654			927			927
Total allowance for credit losses at December 31	$	78,341		$	77,584		$	50,831		$	35,373		$	32,954
Ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans		2.80	%		2.30	%		1.30	%		1.01	%		1.02	%
Net charge-offs to average loans		1.48	%		1.72	%		0.40	%		0.09	%		0.20	%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end nonperforming loans		57.89	%		72.86	%		56.21	%		170.41	%		281.27	%

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010, was $77.1 million and represented 2.80% of total loans compared to $74.7 million or 2.30% of total loans at December 31, 2009. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 was 57.89% of nonperforming loans, down from 72.86% at December 31, 2009. The allowance for unfunded lending commitments was $1.2 million at December 31, 2010, and $2.9 million at December 31, 2009.

Net charge-offs were $44.5 million or 1.48% of average total loans for 2010 compared to $60.9 million or 1.72% for 2009. The charge-offs recorded during 2010 were primarily related to continued declines in commercial real estate value that collateralize our nonperforming commercial real estate portfolio. We experienced more significant declines in these values during the first quarter of 2010 resulting in net charge-offs of $21.0 million. The remaining $23.5 million of charge-offs occurred during the last three quarters of 2010, as we began to see stabilization in collateral valuations. Approximately $15.5 million of charge-offs during 2010 were related to hospitality loans which have experienced reductions in real estate values as the industry has gone through significant declines in occupancy rates, average daily room rates, and revenue per available room.

Net charge-offs were $60.9 million or 1.72% of average loans for 2009 compared to $14.5 million or 0.40% of average loans during 2008. Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, we took steps to significantly reduce our total

52

nonperforming loans and increase our allowance for loan losses. The actions included the charge-off of certain collateral-based nonperforming loans, the transfer of certain nonperforming loans to held for sale, and the charge-off and subsequent sale of the SemGroup relationship. During the third quarter of 2009, we recorded write-downs of certain collateral-based impaired loans to their underlying collateral value resulting in net charge-offs of $15.9 million. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2009 we transferred $20.9 million in remaining net book value commercial real estate loans from the national SBA/commercial real estate portfolio to held for sale. As a result of this transfer, we recorded an additional provision for loan losses and related charge-offs of approximately $12.0 million during the third quarter of 2009 to reflect these loans at their market value. Also, during 2009, we recorded total charge-offs of $11.6 million related to the SemGroup relationship.

SemGroup was an energy customer that was in the process of going through Chapter 11 bankruptcy. This borrower was part of a shared national credit totaling approximately $2.4 billion. Total exposure to SemGroup as of December 31, 2008, was $29.2 million. While completing our analysis of the allowance for credit losses for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we were notified that this borrower was in the process of filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. Due to the announced bankruptcy and the significance of this relationship to us, we immediately placed the loan on nonaccrual as of June 30, 2008. We recorded a total provision for credit losses of $4.3 million for this relationship during 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, management determined an additional $5.3 million provision was prudent bringing the total amount reserved on this relationship to $9.6 million, approximately 36% of the amount of debt outstanding at March 31, 2009.

During the second quarter of 2009, the borrower filed its plan of reorganization with the Bankruptcy court which included firm estimates of each creditor’s losses as well as the remaining assets of the company. As such, we recorded a charge-off of $9.6 million, the entire allowance for credit losses related to this loan. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell this loan. As such, we reclassified this relationship to loans held for sale at September 30, 2009, and recorded an additional provision for credit losses and related charge-off of $2.0 million to record the loan at its agreed upon sales price of $16.0 million. This sale was completed during the fourth quarter of 2009.

The provision for loan losses for 2010 was $46.9 million, as compared to $86.4 million for 2009. The provision for loan losses recorded during 2010 was the result of net charge-offs totaling $44.5 million discussed above and continued decreases in collateral values underlying our nonperforming commercial real estate loans. The provision for loan losses for 2009 was $86.4 million, a $57.2 million increase over the $29.2 million provision recorded during 2008. Our provision for loan losses was elevated during 2009 due to significant declines in commercial real estate values during 2009, the previously discussed SemGroup relationship, and actions that we took during the third quarter of 2009 to reduce total nonperforming loans. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2009, we assessed certain estimates we use in determining the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. We concluded that in light of certain loan sale transactions, the deterioration in the real estate market, and the continuing uncertainty in the economy, it was appropriate to revise certain accounting estimates used in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses to better reflect current conditions. The application of these accounting estimates resulted in the Company recording an additional $15.0 million in provision for credit losses in the third quarter of 2009.

53

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among various categories of loans. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future loan losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any category of loans.

	December 31,
	2010					2009					2008					2007					2006
	Amount		% of loans in each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment			Amount		% of loans in each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment			Amount		% of loans in each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment			Amount		% of loans in each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment			Amount		% of loans in each Category to Total Loans Held for Investment
	(dollars in thousands)
Balance of allowance for loan losses at end of period applicable to:
Commercial and industrial	$	6,677		23	%	$	14,122		25	%	$	15,173		29	%	$	12,887		28	%	$	12,101		28	%
Real estate, mortgage and construction		68,553		75	%		56,040		73	%		26,212		69	%		17,645		70	%		16,769		70	%
Consumer/other		447		2	%		2,766		2	%		4,988		2	%		2,851		2	%		2,262		2	%
Unallocated		1,464		N/A			1,804		N/A			2,804		N/A			1,063		N/A			895		N/A
Total	$	77,141		100	%	$	74,732		100	%	$	49,177		100	%	$	34,446		100	%	$	32,027		100	%

The increase in the allowance for loan losses for real estate, mortgage and construction loans was primarily due to the deterioration in our commercial real estate portfolio.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We manage interest rate risk by positioning the balance sheet to maximize net interest income while maintaining an acceptable level of risk, remaining mindful of the relationship between profitability, liquidity and interest rate risk. The overall interest rate risk position and strategies for the management of interest rate risk are reviewed by senior management, the Asset/Liability Management Committee and our Board of Directors on an ongoing basis.

We measure interest rate risk using a variety of methodologies including, but not limited to, dynamic simulation analysis and static balance sheet rate shocks. Dynamic simulation analysis is the primary tool used to measure interest rate risk and allows us to model the effects of non-parallel movements in multiple yield curves, changes in borrower and depositor behaviors, changes in loan and deposit pricing, and changes in loan and deposit portfolio compositions and growth rates over a 24-month horizon.

54

We utilize static balance sheet rate shocks to estimate the potential impact on net interest income of changes in interest rates under various rate scenarios. This analysis estimates a percentage of change in these metrics from the stable rate base scenario versus alternative scenarios of rising and falling market interest rates by instantaneously shocking a static balance sheet. The following table summarizes the simulated change over a 12-month horizon as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

Changes in Interest Rates (Basis Points)	Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income
December 31, 2010
+300		12.00	%
+200		9.17	%
+100		5.48	%
Base		0.00	%
-100		(6.48	)%
December 31, 2009
+300		8.73	%
+200		6.75	%
+100		3.76	%
Base		0.00	%
-100		(6.36	)%

Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment and repricing assumptions. Because of uncertainties related to customer behaviors, loan and deposit pricing levels, competitor behaviors, and socio-economic factors that could affect the shape of the yield curve, this analysis is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the affect actual changes in market rates will have on us. The interest rate sensitivity analysis includes assumptions that: (i) the composition of our interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at year end will remain constant over the measurement period; and (ii) changes in market rates are parallel and instantaneous across the yield curve regardless of duration or repricing characteristics of specific assets or liabilities. Further, this analysis does not contemplate any actions that we might undertake in response to changes in market factors. Accordingly, this analysis is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effect actual changes in market rates will have on us.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments, Guarantees and Contractual Obligations

Our potential obligations associated with commitments to extend credit and outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2010 are summarized below (in thousands):

	Less than One Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		Over 5 Years		Total
Commitments to extend credit	$	294,731	$	225,014	$	94,616	$	32,135	$	646,496
Letters of credit		49,058		9,578		11,698		—		70,334
Total	$	343,789	$	234,592	$	106,314	$	32,135	$	716,830

Since commitments associated with letters of credit and lending and financing arrangements may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, including a discussion of the nature, business purpose and importance of off-balance sheet arrangements.

55

Our future contractual cash payments are as follows (in thousands):

	Less than One Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		Over 5 Years		Total
Junior subordinated debt	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	82,734	$	82,734
Subordinated debt		0		0		50,000		25,000		75,000
Interest expense related to long-term debt		6,734		12,077		9,556		72,508		100,875
Operating leases		8,976		16,944		13,700		66,199		105,819
Certificates and other time deposits		694,902		91,646		9,425		143		796,116
Total	$	710,612	$	120,667	$	82,681	$	246,584	$	1,160,544

The amount shown above for subordinated debt represents our contractual obligation. The subordinated debt is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value. As discussed earlier, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap designated as a fair-value hedge of the subordinated debt. See Note 14 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Interest expense obligations on junior subordinated debt and on subordinated debt are calculated based on the stated contractual interest rates. Interest expense on variable rate junior subordinated debt and on subordinated debt is calculated based on the current 3-month LIBOR rate. See Notes 12 and 13 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Capital and Liquidity

Capital. At December 31, 2010, shareholders’ equity totaled $622 million or 12.0% of total assets, as compared to $541 million or 11.0% of total assets at December 31, 2009. Our risk-based capital ratios together with the minimum capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2010 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Actual					For Capital Adequacy Purposes
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$	596,495		18.1	%	$	263,658		8.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)		508,616		15.4	%		131,829		4.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)		508,616		10.3	%		197,099		4.0	%

During the first quarter of 2010, we issued 20.0 million shares of our common stock through a public stock offering, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $86.6 million, after deducting underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses.

Additionally, during 2009, we issued 8.3 million shares of our common stock through a public stock offering, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $54.6 million, after deducting underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses.

During 2008, we received $125 million in capital from the U.S. Treasury as the result of our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. During 2009, we fully redeemed the $125 million preferred stock that we sold to the U.S. Treasury in December of 2008. See Note 21 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of regulatory capital requirements.

In the current economic environment, we regularly assess our ability to maintain and build our regulatory capital levels. In making this assessment, we take into account a variety of factors, including our views as to the duration of the recession and the consequent impact on our markets and the real estate market in particular, our provisioning for and charge-off of nonperforming assets, the liquidity needs of our organization, the capital levels of our peer institutions, and our ability to access the capital markets.

56

We also take into account our discussions and agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and our other regulators. As part of an informal agreement that Sterling Bank entered into on January 26, 2010, with the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking, we submitted to such regulatory agencies a capital management plan that reflects Sterling Bank’s plans to maintain for the next three years minimum regulatory capital levels that are in excess of the minimum requirements to remain well capitalized but below our regulatory capital levels at December 31, 2010. If we are unable to maintain the regulatory capital levels that we propose in our capital management plan or if we fail to adequately resolve any other matters that any of our regulators may require us to address in the future, we could become subject to more stringent supervisory actions. We believe we are in compliance regarding the informal agreement with the regulatory agencies and the capital plan that was submitted and accepted by those agencies.

Additionally, although not required to, we have agreed to provide the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking advance notice of any dividend payments we would propose to make from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares. We currently have available at the holding company sufficient liquidity to continue our current dividend payments and meet all of our other holding company only obligations for approximately 24 months without the payment of any dividends from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares.

Our informal agreement with the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking also included provisions that required us to perform certain reviews of our personnel, policies, procedures and practices, none of which we believed had a material impact on the operations of Sterling Bank or Sterling Bancshares. If we are unable to maintain the regulatory capital levels that we propose in our capital management plan or if we fail to adequately resolve any other matters that any of our regulators may require us to address in the future, we could become subject to more stringent supervisory actions.

Liquidity—The objectives of our liquidity management are to maintain our ability to meet day-to-day deposit withdrawals and other payment obligations, to raise funds to support asset growth, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. We strive to manage a liquidity position sufficient to meet operating requirements while maintaining an appropriate balance between assets and liabilities to meet the expectations of our shareholders. In recent years, our liquidity needs have primarily been met by growth in deposits including brokered certificates of deposit. In addition to deposits, we have access to funds from correspondent banks and from the Federal Home Loan Bank, supplemented by amortizing securities and loan portfolios.

Sterling Bancshares must provide for its own liquidity and fund its own obligations. The primary source of Sterling Bancshares’ revenues is from dividends declared by Sterling Bank. There are statutory and regulatory provisions that could limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Sterling Bancshares. As discussed above, we submitted a capital management plan that we will submit to our banking regulators. That capital management plan reflected a variety of operational factors including our plans for dividend payments from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares and from Sterling Bancshares to our shareholders. Although not required to, we have agreed to give our regulators advance notice of any dividend payments we would propose to make from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares. Sterling Bancshares has sufficient liquidity to continue our current dividend payments and meet our other parent-only obligations for 12 months without the payment of any dividends from Sterling Bank.

On July 30, 2007, our Board of Directors amended its existing common stock repurchase program originally adopted by the Board on April 26, 2005. The aggregate number of shares originally approved by the Board for repurchase under the Program remains unchanged at 3,750,000 shares.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

For information regarding the market risk of our financial instruments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Interest Rate Sensitivity.” Our principal market risk exposure is to interest rates.

57

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Refer to the index included on page F-1 and the Consolidated Financial Statements that begin on page F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO”), after evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act have concluded that, as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurances that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under such Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and the CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

There were no other changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during the most recent fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

58

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE WITH DESIGNATED LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for preparing the Company’s annual financial statements. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s CEO and CFO to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

As of December 31, 2010, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This assessment included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FRY-9C) to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on those criteria.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. The report is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations

Management is also responsible for ensuring compliance with the federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders and the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions, both of which are designated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as safety and soundness laws and regulations.

Management assessed its compliance with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations and has maintained records of its determinations and assessments as required by the FDIC. Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company has complied, in all material respects, with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

J. Downey Bridgwater

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Zach L. Wasson

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

59

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Sterling Bancshares, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Bank”) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). The Bank’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 of the Bank and our report dated March 8, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Houston, Texas

March 8, 2011

60

ITEM 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item as to the directors and executive officers is hereby incorporated by reference from the information appearing under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Information about the Board of Directors, Committees of the Board, and Committees of the Bank,” “Executive Officers and Other Significant Employees,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement or the information to be so incorporated to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act within 120 days of December 31, 2010. The information required by this Item as to the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is herby incorporated by reference from “Item 1—Business—Available Information” of this report.

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item as to the management of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference from the information appearing under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Summary of 2009 Compensation Decisions,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,”and “Report of the Human Resources Programs Committee” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement or the information to be so incorporated to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act within 120 days of December 31, 2010. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the instructions to Item 407 of Regulation S-K, the information contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement under the subheading “Report of the Human Resources Programs Committee” shall be deemed Furnished, and not Filed, in this Form 10-K, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any Filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act as a result of Furnishing, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item as to the ownership by management and others of securities of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference from the information appearing under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement or the information to be so incorporated to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days of December 31, 2010.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item as to certain business relationships and transactions with management and other related parties of the Company is hereby incorporated by reference to such information appearing under the captions “Certain Transactions with Related Persons,” and “Director Independence” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement or the information to be so incorporated to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act within 120 days of December 31, 2010.

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item as to disclosures regarding accounting fees and services is hereby incorporated by reference to such information appearing under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement or the information to be so incorporated to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act within 120 days of December 31, 2010.

61

PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) List of documents filed as part of this report

1. Consolidated Financial Statements. The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM	F-2
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. These schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

3. Exhibits.

Exhibit No.
	1.1	Underwriting Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as representative of the several underwriters named in Schedule II of the Underwriting Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	1.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 16, 2011 by and among Comerica Incorporated, Sterling Bancshares, Inc., and, from and after its accession to the Agreement, Sub (as defined therein) (the schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K) [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2011.]
	2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger Dated July 7, 2005 by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., SBPB, Inc., and Prestonwood Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2005 (File No. 000-20750).]
	2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 25, 2006 between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and BOTH, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2006.]
	2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 24, 2007 between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and Partners Bank of Texas. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2007.]
	2.4	Share Exchange Agreement dated May 3, 2007, among the Company, MBM Advisors and the shareholders of MBM Advisors. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	3.1	Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation of the Company effective August 13, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]

62

Exhibit No.
	3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. (as of October 29, 2007). [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	3.3	Certificate of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	3.4	First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2009 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.1	Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement dated March 21, 2001. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2001 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.2	Indenture dated March 21, 2001. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2001 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.3	First Supplemental Indenture dated March 21, 2001. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2001 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.4	Indenture dated August 30, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.5	Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due August 30, 2032. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.6	Guarantee Agreement dated August 30, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.7	Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement dated September 26, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.8	Second Supplemental Indenture dated September 26, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.9	8.30% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due September 26, 2032. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.10	Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement dated April 10, 2003 between Sterling Bank and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 15, 2003 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.11	Form of Global Certificate representing Sterling Bank’s 7.375% Subordinated Notes due 2013. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 15, 2003 (File No. 000-20750).]

63

Exhibit No.
	4.12	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., as sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as institutional trustee and Delaware trustee, and the administrators named therein, dated as of March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.13	Indenture by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., as issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, dated as of March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.14	Guarantee Agreement by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., as guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as guarantee trustee, dated as of March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.15	Form of Capital Securities Certificate of Sterling Bancshares Capital Trust IV, dated March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.16	Sterling Bancshares, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as Amended and Restated). [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 29, 2007 (File No. 333-145774 ).]
	4.17	Form of Stock Certificate for the Series J Preferred Stock. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	4.18	Warrant to Purchase 2,615,557 Shares of Common Stock of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.1***	1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Company. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.]
	10.2	1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of the Company. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.]
	10.3***	1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Company. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, effective October 22, 1992 (Registration No. 33-51476).]
	10.4***	1995 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-16719).]
	10.5***	Employment Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and J. Downey Bridgwater executed on December 20, 2007, and effective as of January 1, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 26, 2007 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.6***	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and J. Downey Bridgwater executed on December 29, 2008, and effective as of January 1, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]

64

Exhibit No.
	10.7***	Amended and restated Sterling Bancshares, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive and Compensation Plan effective April 30, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2007. (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.8***	Form of Severance and Non-Competition Agreements between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and the following named executive officers:
		Wanda S. Dalton	Travis Jaggers
		James W. Goolsby, Jr.	Graham B. Painter
		[Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2004 (File No. 000-207501).]
	10.9***	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.10***	Form of Incentive Stock Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.11***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and Allen Brown executed and effective as of December 1, 2004. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2004 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.12***	Short Term Incentive Program for Shared Services. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.]
	10.13***	Short Term Incentive Program for Bank Offices. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.]
	10.14***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement dated effective January 1, 2005, by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and Robert S. Smith. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.15***	Non-Compete Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Max W. Wells dated July 7, 2005. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.16***	Summary Description of Non-Employee Director compensation. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.17***	Summary of Named Executive Officer Compensation. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.18	Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 13, 2006, between Sterling Bank and First States Group, L.P. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2006.]
	10.19***	Form of Phantom Share Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2006.]

65

Exhibit No.
	10.20	***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Deborah Dinsmore, dated February 24, 2006. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2006.]
	10.21	***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and C. Wallis McMath, Jr., dated March 1, 2006. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2006.]
	10.22	***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Zach L. Wasson dated December 4, 2006. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2006.]
	10.23		Placement Agreement by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bancshares Capital Trust IV, FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., dated March 14, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	10.24		Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Stock Performance Program. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5. 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	10.25		Letter Agreement, dated December 12, 2008, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and the United States Department of Treasury. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.26		Form of Letter Agreement executed by Senior Executive Officers. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.27		Form of Waiver executed by Senior Executive Officers. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.28		Redemption Letter Agreement, dated May 5, 2009, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.29		Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 7, 2009, by and between Sterling Bank and First Bank. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.30	***	Severance and Release Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and John A. Rossitto dated October 20, 2009. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2009 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.31		Termination of Purchase and Assumption Agreement, entered effective December 28, 2009, by and between Sterling Bank and First Bank. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]

66

Exhibit No.
	10.32***	Irrevocable Waiver executed by J. Downey Bridgwater, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sterling Bancshares, Inc., dated as of December 29, 2009. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.33***	Voluntary Separation and Release Agreement dated effective December 31, 2009, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Sonny B. Lyles. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2010 (File No. 000-207500).]
	21.1*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
	23.1*	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	31.1*	Certification of J. Downey Bridgwater, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	31.2*	Certification of Zach L. Wasson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.1**	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.2**	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	101.INS****	XBRL Instance Document
	101.SCH****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
	101.CAL****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
	101.DEF****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document
	101.LAB****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
	101.PRE****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* As filed herewith.

** As furnished herewith.

*** Management Compensation Agreement.

**** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibits 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

67

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.
DATE: March 9, 2011	by	/s/    J. Downey Bridgwater
		J. Downey Bridgwater Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacity indicated on this the 9th day of March, 2011.

SIGNATURE	TITLE	SIGNATURE	TITLE
/s/    J. Downey Bridgwater         J. Downey Bridgwater	Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	/s/    Glenn H. Johnson         Glenn H. Johnson	Director
/s/    Zach L. Wasson         Zach L. Wasson	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	/s/    Joe D. Koshkin         Joe D. Koshkin	Director
		/s/    R. Bruce LaBoon         R. Bruce LaBoon	Director
/s/    David L. Hatcher         David L. Hatcher	Lead Director	/s/    Sheldon I. Oster         Sheldon I. Oster	Director
/s/    Edward R. Bardgett         Edward R. Bardgett	Director	/s/    Raimundo Riojas E.         Raimundo Riojas E.	Director
/s/    George Beatty, Jr.         George Beatty, Jr.	Director	/s/    Roland Rodriguez         Roland Rodriguez	Director
/s/    Anat Bird         Anat Bird	Director	/s/    Dan C. Tutcher         Dan C. Tutcher	Director
/s/    Bernard A. Harris, Jr., MD         Bernard A. Harris, Jr., MD	Director	/s/    Elizabeth C. Williams         Elizabeth C. Williams	Director

68

EXHIBIT TABLE

Exhibit No.
	1.1	Underwriting Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as representative of the several underwriters named in Schedule II of the Underwriting Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	1.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 16, 2011 by and among Comerica Incorporated, Sterling Bancshares, Inc., and, from and after its accession to the Agreement, Sub (as defined therein) (the schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K) [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 21, 2011.]
	2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger Dated July 7, 2005 by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., SBPB, Inc., and Prestonwood Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2005 (File No. 000-20750).]
	2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 25, 2006 between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and BOTH, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2006.]
	2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 24, 2007 between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and Partners Bank of Texas. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2007.]
	2.4	Share Exchange Agreement dated May 3, 2007, among the Company, MBM Advisors and the shareholders of MBM Advisors. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	3.1	Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation of the Company effective August 13, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. (as of October 29, 2007). [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	3.3	Certificate of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	3.4	First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2009 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.1	Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement dated March 21, 2001. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2001 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.2	Indenture dated March 21, 2001. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2001 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.3	First Supplemental Indenture dated March 21, 2001. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2001 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.4	Indenture dated August 30, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]

69

Exhibit No.
	4.5	Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due August 30, 2032. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.6	Guarantee Agreement dated August 30, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.7	Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement dated September 26, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.8	Second Supplemental Indenture dated September 26, 2002. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.9	8.30% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due September 26, 2032. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 26, 2002 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.10	Fiscal and Paying Agency Agreement dated April 10, 2003 between Sterling Bank and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 15, 2003 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.11	Form of Global Certificate representing Sterling Bank’s 7.375% Subordinated Notes due 2013. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 15, 2003 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.12	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., as sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as institutional trustee and Delaware trustee, and the administrators named therein, dated as of March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.13	Indenture by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., as issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, dated as of March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.14	Guarantee Agreement by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., as guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as guarantee trustee, dated as of March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.15	Form of Capital Securities Certificate of Sterling Bancshares Capital Trust IV, dated March 26, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	4.16	Sterling Bancshares, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as Amended and Restated). [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 29, 2007 (File No. 333-145774 ).]
	4.17	Form of Stock Certificate for the Series J Preferred Stock. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	4.18	Warrant to Purchase 2,615,557 Shares of Common Stock of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]

70

Exhibit No.
	10.1***	1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Company. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.]
	10.2	1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of the Company. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.]
	10.3***	1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Company. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, effective October 22, 1992 (Registration No. 33-51476).]
	10.4***	1995 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-16719).]
	10.5***	Employment Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and J. Downey Bridgwater executed on December 20, 2007, and effective as of January 1, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 26, 2007 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.6***	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and J. Downey Bridgwater executed on December 29, 2008, and effective as of January 1, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.7***	Amended and restated Sterling Bancshares, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive and Compensation Plan effective April 30, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2007. (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.8***	Form of Severance and Non-Competition Agreements between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and the following named executive officers:
		Wanda S. Dalton	Travis Jaggers
		James W. Goolsby, Jr.	Graham B. Painter
		[Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2004 (File No. 000-207501).]
	10.9***	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.10***	Form of Incentive Stock Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.11***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and Allen Brown executed and effective as of December 1, 2004. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2004 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.12***	Short Term Incentive Program for Shared Services. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.]
	10.13***	Short Term Incentive Program for Bank Offices. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.]
	10.14***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement dated effective January 1, 2005, by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bank and Robert S. Smith. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]

71

Exhibit No.
	10.15	***	Non-Compete Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Max W. Wells dated July 7, 2005. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.16	***	Summary Description of Non-Employee Director compensation. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.17	***	Summary of Named Executive Officer Compensation. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2005 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.18		Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 13, 2006, between Sterling Bank and First States Group, L.P. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2006.]
	10.19	***	Form of Phantom Share Agreement. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2006.]
	10.20	***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Deborah Dinsmore, dated February 24, 2006. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2006.]
	10.21	***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and C. Wallis McMath, Jr., dated March 1, 2006. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2006.]
	10.22	***	Severance and Non-Competition Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Zach L. Wasson dated December 4, 2006. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2006.]
	10.23		Placement Agreement by and among Sterling Bancshares, Inc., Sterling Bancshares Capital Trust IV, FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., dated March 14, 2007. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	10.24		Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Stock Performance Program. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5. 2007 (File No. 000-20750).]
	10.25		Letter Agreement, dated December 12, 2008, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and the United States Department of Treasury. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.26		Form of Letter Agreement executed by Senior Executive Officers. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.27		Form of Waiver executed by Senior Executive Officers. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2008 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.28		Redemption Letter Agreement, dated May 5, 2009, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 5, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.29		Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 7, 2009, by and between Sterling Bank and First Bank. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]

72

Exhibit No.
	10.30***	Severance and Release Agreement between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and John A. Rossitto dated October 20, 2009. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2009 (File No. 000-207500).]
	10.31	Termination of Purchase and Assumption Agreement, entered effective December 28, 2009, by and between Sterling Bank and First Bank. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.32***	Irrevocable Waiver executed by J. Downey Bridgwater, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sterling Bancshares, Inc., dated as of December 29, 2009. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2009 (File No. 0-20750).]
	10.33***	Voluntary Separation and Release Agreement dated effective December 31, 2009, by and between Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Sonny B. Lyles. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2010 (File No. 000-207500).]
	21.1*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
	23.1*	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	31.1*	Certification of J. Downey Bridgwater, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	31.2*	Certification of Zach L. Wasson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.1**	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.2**	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	101.INS****	XBRL Instance Document
	101.SCH****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
	101.CAL****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
	101.DEF****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document
	101.LAB****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
	101.PRE****	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

* As filed herewith.

** As furnished herewith.

*** Management Compensation Agreement.

**** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibits 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

73

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM		F-2
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Sterling Bancshares, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Bank”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 8, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Houston, Texas

March 8, 2011

F-2

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	2010			2009
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	502,894		$	246,215
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value		1,287,555			846,216
Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost		265,080			222,845
Loans held for sale		2,691			11,778
Loans held for investment		2,752,349			3,233,273
Total loans		2,755,040			3,245,051
Allowance for loan losses		(77,141	)		(74,732	)
Loans, net		2,677,899			3,170,319
Premises and equipment, net		49,421			48,816
Real estate acquired by foreclosure		37,064			16,763
Goodwill		173,210			173,210
Core deposits and other intangibles, net		9,477			11,626
Accrued interest receivable		14,673			16,502
Other assets		174,680			184,536
TOTAL ASSETS	$	5,191,953		$	4,937,048
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	1,322,492		$	1,144,133
Interest-bearing demand		2,138,822			2,004,539
Certificates and other time deposits		796,116			946,279
Total deposits		4,257,430			4,094,951
Other borrowed funds		112,202			97,245
Subordinated debt		78,059			77,338
Junior subordinated debt		82,734			82,734
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		39,604			44,247
Total liabilities		4,570,029			4,396,515
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $1 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009		0			0
Common stock, $1 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized, 103,851,528 and 83,720,767 issued and 101,984,028 and 81,853,266 outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively		103,852			83,721
Capital surplus		239,940			170,848
Retained earnings		290,800			295,909
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,867,500 shares held at December 31, 2010 and 2009		(21,399	)		(21,399	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax		8,731			11,454
Total shareholders’ equity		621,924			540,533
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	5,191,953			4,937,048

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	2010			2009			2008
Interest income:
Loans, including fees	$	162,892		$	201,225		$	241,157
Securities:
Taxable		37,902			36,417			29,660
Non-taxable		3,881			3,616			3,632
Deposits in financial institutions		761			154			10
Other interest-earning assets		7			80			165
Total interest income		205,443			241,492			274,624
Interest expense:
Demand and savings deposits		15,272			16,024			17,285
Certificates and other time deposits		11,662			24,051			37,443
Other borrowed funds		2,781			1,897			11,607
Subordinated debt		2,853			3,325			4,474
Junior subordinated debt		4,182			4,486			5,731
Total interest expense		36,750			49,783			76,540
Net interest income		168,693			191,709			198,084
Provision for credit losses		45,238			87,631			29,917
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		123,455			104,078			168,167
Noninterest income:
Customer service fees		14,376			15,431			15,771
Net gain (loss) on sale of securities		80			(1,792	)		478
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities:
Impairment loss on securities		(597	)		(2,690	)		(722	)
Noncredit-related loss recognized in other comprehensive income		461			2,676			0
Net impairment loss on securities		(136	)		(14	)		(722	)
Bank owned life insurance		3,590			3,585			3,664
Wealth management fees		7,930			7,953			8,984
Other		7,589			10,732			12,852
Total noninterest income		33,429			35,895			41,027
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		81,611			86,930			85,253
Occupancy		23,148			23,826			21,782
Technology		9,192			9,850			9,794
Professional fees		7,049			4,702			4,707
Postage, delivery and supplies		2,694			2,866			3,672
Marketing		954			1,930			2,545
Core deposits and other intangibles amortization		2,150			2,247			2,328
Acquisition costs		0			1,134			562
FDIC insurance assessments		10,130			8,830			2,525
Other		22,115			20,869			20,042
Total noninterest expense		159,043			163,184			153,210
Income (loss) before income taxes		(2,159	)		(23,211	)		55,984
Income tax provision (benefit)		(2,863	)		(10,237	)		17,365
Net income (loss)	$	704		$	(12,974	)	$	38,619
Preferred stock dividends		0			9,342			398
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders	$	704		$	(22,316	)	$	38,221
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.01		$	(0.28	)	$	0.52
Diluted	$	0.01		$	(0.28	)	$	0.52

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008

(In thousands)

	Preferred Stock						Common Stock						Capital Surplus			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock						Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income			Total
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount									Shares			Amount
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007		0		$	—			74,926		$	74,926		$	110,367		$	309,903			(1,768	)	$	(20,493	)	$	5,556		$	480,259
Comprehensive income:
Net income																	38,619												38,619
Net change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $3,032																										5,631			5,631
Net change in unrealized gains on effective cash flow hedging derivatives, net of taxes of $3,299																										6,126			6,126
Less: Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income, net of taxes of $85																										158			158
Total comprehensive income																													50,534
Issuance of preferred stock:
Preferred stock, at fair value		125,198			117,945																								117,945
Detachable warrants, at fair value														7,253															7,253
Preferred stock dividend and accretion of preferred stock discount					67												(398	)											(331	)
Issuance of common stock under incentive compensation plans and related tax effects								221			221			821															1,042
Stock-based compensation expense														3,643															3,643
Shares held in Rabbi Trust								(19	)		(19	)		(166	)														(185	)
Repurchase of common stock																				(100	)		(906	)					(906	)
Common stock dividends paid																	(16,115	)											(16,115	)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008		125,198			118,012			75,128			75,128			121,918			332,009			(1,868	)		(21,399	)		17,471			643,139
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss																	(12,974	)											(12,974	)
Net change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $4,001																										7,431			7,431
Net change in unrealized gains on effective cash flow hedging derivatives, net of taxes of ($5,374)																										(9,981	)		(9,981	)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains on available-for-sale securities included in net income, net of taxes of ($1,867)																										(3,467	)		(3,467	)
Total comprehensive loss																													(18,991	)
Preferred stock redemption and accelerated accretion of preferred stock discount		(125,198	)		(118,012	)											(7,186	)											(125,198	)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs								8,280			8,280			46,282															54,562
Issuance of common stock under incentive compensation plans and related tax effects								323			323			129															452
Stock-based compensation expense														2,572															2,572
Shares held in Rabbi Trust								(10	)		(10	)		(53	)														(63	)
Preferred stock dividends paid																	(2,156	)											(2,156	)
Common stock dividends paid																	(13,784	)											(13,784	)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009		0			0			83,721			83,721			170,848			295,909			(1,868	)		(21,399	)		11,454			540,533
Comprehensive income:
Net income																	704												704
Net change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $661																										1,229			1,229
Net change in unrealized gains on effective cash flow hedging derivatives, net of taxes of ($1,858)																										(3,451	)		(3,451	)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains on available-for-sale securities included in net income, net of taxes of ($108)																										(202	)		(202	)
Noncredit-related impairment loss on held-to-maturity security not expected to be sold, net of taxes of ($162)																										(299	)		(299	)
Total comprehensive loss																													(2,019	)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs								20,000			20,000			66,602															86,602
Issuance of common stock under incentive compensation plans and related tax effects								132			132			(8	)														124
Stock-based compensation expense														2,506															2,506
Shares held in Rabbi Trust								(1	)		(1	)		(8	)														(9	)
Common stock dividends paid																	(5,813	)											(5,813	)
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010		0		$	0			103,852		$	103,852		$	239,940		$	290,800			(1,868	)	$	(21,399	)	$	8,731		$	621,924

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008

(In thousands)

	Year Ended
	2010			2009			2008
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)	$	704		$	(12,974	)	$	38,619
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on securities, net		7,818			2,109			1,578
Net (gain) loss on securities		(80	)		1,792			(478	)
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities		136			14			722
Net loss (gain) on loans		2,162			1,160			(200	)
Provision for credit losses		45,238			87,631			29,917
Writedowns, less gains on sale, of real estate acquired by foreclosure		(453	)		3,085			(40	)
Depreciation and amortization		9,304			10,499			10,646
Deferred income tax benefit		(4,658	)		(13,498	)		(8,367	)
Stock-based compensation expense		2,506			2,572			3,643
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		(2	)		(37	)		(24	)
Net decrease in loans held for sale		55			278			9,366
Net loss (gain) on sale of bank assets		374			156			(146	)
Net decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets		13,220			(20,640	)		(2,321	)
Net decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities		(2,446	)		(4,396	)		(3,963	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		73,878			57,751			78,952
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from the maturities or calls and paydowns of held-to-maturity securities		59,278			22,867			16,219
Proceeds from the sale of held-to-maturity securities		1,773			21,244			0
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities		(104,931	)		(102,088	)		(8,218	)
Proceeds from the maturities or calls and paydowns of available-for-sale securities		367,249			197,445			105,644
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities		10,425			106,639			28,398
Purchases of available-for-sale securities		(824,122	)		(510,887	)		(283,580	)
Net decrease in loans held for investment		399,972			465,481			(352,272	)
Proceeds from sale of real estate acquired by foreclosure		23,494			6,743			5,839
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance		0			0			(13,875	)
Payment of earnout obligations related to the acquisition of MBM Advisors, Inc.		0			0			(2,222	)
Cash and cash equivalents acquired with First Horizon National Corp. branch acquisition		0			0			15,301
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment		100			55			168
Purchase of premises and equipment		(8,779	)		(10,969	)		(16,464	)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(75,541	)		196,530			(505,062	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in deposit accounts		162,479			275,814			60,132
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowed funds		15,457			(311,341	)		161,439
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt		0			0			25,000
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings		0			0			50,000
Repayment of long-term borrowings		(500	)		0			0
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under incentive compensation plans		124			900			1,016
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses		86,602			54,562			0
Repurchase of common stock for Rabbi Trust		(9	)		(63	)		(156	)
Repurchase of treasury stock		0			0			(935	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		2			37			24
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		0			0			125,198
Redemption of preferred stock		0			(125,198	)		0
Preferred stock dividends paid		0			(2,156	)		0
Common stock dividends paid		(5,813	)		(13,784	)		(16,115	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		258,342			(121,229	)		405,603
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		256,679			133,052			(20,507	)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period		246,215			113,163			133,670
End of period	$	502,894		$	246,215		$	113,163
Supplemental information:
Income taxes (received) paid	$	(8,679	)	$	13,500		$	26,625
Interest paid		34,717			52,863			79,304
Noncash investing and financing activities—
Acquisition of real estate through foreclosure of collateral		43,342			20,966			7,741
Transfer of loans from held for investment to held for sale		0			36,693			0
Transfer of loans from held for sale to held for investment		0			0			112,129

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Organization—Sterling Bancshares, Inc. (“Sterling Bancshares” and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), headquartered in Houston, Texas, is a bank holding company that has served the banking needs of small to medium-sized businesses for over 36 years. The Company provides commercial and consumer banking services in the greater metropolitan areas of Houston, San Antonio, Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas through the 57 banking centers of Sterling Bank (the “Bank”), a banking association chartered under the laws of the state of Texas.

Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies—The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the prevailing practices within the financial services industry. A summary of significant accounting policies follows:

Basis of Presentation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Sterling Bancshares and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the Company’s banking operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise the vast majority of the consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses, the fair values of financial instruments, the valuation of foreclosed real estate, deferred tax assets, goodwill and other intangibles, and stock-based compensation.

Securities—Securities classified as held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts. Declines in the fair value of individual securities below their cost that are determined to be other-than-temporary would result in writedowns, as a realized loss, of the individual securities to their fair value. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers several factors including the severity and the duration of time that the fair value has been less than cost, the credit quality of the issuer and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before a recovery of their amortized cost basis. Management does not intend to sell the securities, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. Under certain circumstances (including the deterioration of the issuer’s creditworthiness or a change in tax law or statutory or regulatory requirements), these securities may be sold or transferred to another portfolio.

For debt securities where the Company has determined that an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) exists and the Company does not intend to sell the security or if it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is separated into the amount that is credit-related and the amount due to all other factors. The credit-related impairment is recognized in earnings and is the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective interest rate. For debt securities classified as held-to-maturity, the amount of noncredit-related impairment recognized in other comprehensive income is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security as an increase in the carrying value of the security.

F-7

Securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as accumulated comprehensive income or loss until realized. Declines in the fair value of individual securities below their cost that are determined to be other-than- temporary would result in writedowns, as a realized loss, of the individual securities to their fair value. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers several factors including the severity and the duration of time that the fair value has been less than cost, the credit quality of the issuer and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before a recovery of their amortized cost basis. Securities within the available-for-sale portfolio may be used as part of the Company’s asset and liability management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rate risk, prepayment risk or other factors.

Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted for prepayments as applicable. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the sales of securities. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income.

Loans Held for Sale—Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. Premiums, discounts and loan fees (net of certain direct loan origination costs) on loans held for sale are deferred until the related loans are sold or repaid. Gains or losses on loan sales are recognized at the time of sale and determined using the specific identification method.

Loans are classified as held for sale when management has positively determined that the loans will be sold in the foreseeable future and the Company has the ability to do so. The classification may be made upon origination or subsequent to the origination or purchase. Once a decision has been made to sell loans not previously classified as held for sale, such loans are transferred into the held for sale classification and carried at the lower of cost or fair value. For loans held for sale, the lower of cost or fair value is determined based upon the individual loan’s current market price or the underlying collateral value if the loan is nonperforming and collateral dependent.

Loans Held for Investment—Loans held for investment are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of the unearned discount and net deferred loan fees or costs. Interest income for loans is recognized principally by the simple interest method.

The Company provides equipment financing to its customers through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are included in loans held for investment and carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus estimated residual value of the leased property, less unearned income.

Nonperforming Loans and Past Due Loans—Nonperforming loans are loans which have been categorized by management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful.

For all loan types, when the payment of principal or interest on a loan is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. The loans’ delinquency status is determined by its contractual terms. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to evaluate the appropriateness of its accruing status. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued but unpaid interest is charged to operations. Generally, any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan amounts and next to the recovery of charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of lost interest. Generally, a nonaccrual loan is returned to accrual status when none of its principal and interest is past due and the bank expects repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest or when the loan becomes well secured and in the process of collection.

F-8

Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance for losses incurred on loans and binding loan commitments. The allowance for losses on unfunded loan commitments is included in other liabilities. The allowance for credit losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses and is reduced by net charge-offs. All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is probable. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery. The allowance for credit losses and the related provision for credit losses are determined based on the historical credit loss experience, changes in the loan portfolio, including size, mix and risk of the individual loans, and current economic conditions. The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two components including a specific reserve on individual loans that are considered impaired and a component based upon probable but unidentified losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

For purposes of computing the specific loss component of the allowance, larger loans are evaluated individually for impairment and smaller loans are evaluated as a pool. A loan is impaired when, based on current information, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The identification of loans that may be impaired is based on a loan review process whereby the Company maintains an internally classified loan list. Loans on this listing are classified as substandard, doubtful or loss based on probability of repayment, collateral valuation and related collectability. Classified loans $100 thousand and greater are analyzed to determine if they are impaired. Additionally, loans restructured in a troubled debt restructuring are considered impaired. If an individually evaluated loan is considered impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated through an increase to the allowance for credit losses, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans or portions thereof, are charged-off when deemed uncollectible.

The portion of the allowance for credit losses related to probable but unidentified losses inherent in the loan portfolio is based on a calculated historical loss ratio and certain qualitative risk factors. The Company calculates the historical loss ratio for pools of similar loans with similar characteristics based on the proportion of actual charge-offs experienced to the average loans in the pool. These loan pools are divided by risk rating and loan type including commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, consumer loans and 1-4 family residential mortgages. The historical loss ratios are updated quarterly based on actual charge-off experience. This historical loss ratio is then applied to the outstanding period-end loan pools.

In addition to the calculated historical loss ratio, general valuation allowances are based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors. The qualitative factors include, among other things: (i) changes in lending policies and procedures; (ii) changes in national and local economic and business conditions and developments; (iii) changes in the nature and volume of the loan/lease portfolio; (iv) changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and staff; (v) changes in the trend or the volume and severity of past due and classified loans/leases; (vi) trends in the volume of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings, delinquencies and other loan/lease modifications; (vii) changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review system and the degree of oversight by the Bank’s board of directors; (viii) the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit, and changes in the level of such concentrations; and (ix) the effect of external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the Company’s current loan/lease portfolio.

Estimates of credit losses involve an exercise of judgment. While it is reasonably possible that in the near term the Company may sustain losses which are substantial relative to the allowance for credit losses, it is the judgment of management that the allowance for credit losses reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is adequate to absorb probable losses that exist in the current loan portfolio.

Premises and Equipment—Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is computed primarily using the straight-

F-9

line method over the estimated useful lives (ranging from three to forty years) of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.

The Company evaluates for impairment its long-lived assets to be held and used, and long-lived assets to be disposed of, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined using the undiscounted operating cash flows estimated over the remaining useful life of the related long-lived asset and the eventual disposal. In the event of impairment, the asset is written down to its fair market value. Assets to be disposed of are recorded at the lower of net book value or fair market value less cost to sell and are classified as assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet at the date management commits to a plan of disposal.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles—Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, core deposits and customer relationships. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on an accelerated basis over the years expected to be benefited, which the Company believes is approximately 10 years. Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to at least an annual impairment test and more frequently if a triggering event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying amount. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. Under the first step, goodwill is assigned to reporting units for purposes of impairment testing. Reporting units used for the goodwill impairment testing include the Company’s banking subsidiary, Sterling Bank, and MBM Advisors, Inc. (“MBM Advisors”). The estimation of fair value of the reporting units is compared with its carrying value including the allocated goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value including goodwill, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Goodwill impairment exists when the implied fair value of goodwill derived under step two is less than its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting units in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. As part of its impairment analysis, the Company uses a variety of methodologies in determining the fair value of the reporting units, including cash flow analyses that are consistent with the assumptions management believes hypothetical marketplace participants would use.

Real Estate Acquired by Foreclosure—The Company records real estate acquired by foreclosure at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Adjustments are made to reflect declines in value subsequent to acquisition, if any, below the recorded amounts. Required developmental costs associated with foreclosed property under construction are capitalized and considered in determining the fair value of the property. Operating expenses of such properties and gains and losses on their disposition are included in noninterest expense.

Derivative Financial Instruments—The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy includes hedging the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so as to mitigate adverse effects on the Company’s net interest margin and cash flows from changes in interest rates. The Company uses certain derivative instruments to add stability to the Company’s net interest income and to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements.

The Company may designate a derivative as either an accounting hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed rate asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value” hedge) or an accounting hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of future cash flows of a floating rate asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge). All derivatives are recorded as other assets or other liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. To the extent a hedge is considered effective, changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. For all hedge relationships, ineffectiveness resulting from differences between the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized as other noninterest income.

F-10

The Company estimates the fair value of its interest rate derivatives using a standardized methodology that nets the discounted expected future cash receipts and cash payments (based on observable market inputs). These future net cash flows, however, are susceptible to change due primarily to fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the estimated values of these derivatives will typically change over time as cash is received and paid and also as market conditions change. As these changes take place, they may have a positive or negative impact on the Company’s estimated valuations.

Fair Value Measurements—The Company determines the fair market values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Therefore, fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

Income Taxes—Sterling Bancshares files a consolidated federal income tax return with its subsidiaries. Each entity in the consolidated group computes income taxes as if it filed a separate return and remits to, or is reimbursed by Sterling Bancshares based on the portion of taxes currently due or refundable.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for by applying statutory tax rates in effect at the balance sheet date to differences between the book basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to reflect changes in enacted tax laws or rates. The Company has established, and periodically reviews and re-evaluates, an estimated contingent tax liability on its consolidated balance sheet to provide for the possibility of adverse outcomes in tax matters.

Realization of net deferred tax assets is based upon the level of historical income and on estimates of future taxable income. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets will be realized.

Stock-based Compensation—The Company’s stock-based compensation policy applies to all forms of stock-based compensation including stock options, restricted stock units, shares acquired under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and performance-based phantom stock units. All stock-based compensation is accounted for under the fair value method. The expense associated with stock-based compensation is recognized over the vesting period of each individual arrangement.

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. The fair value of restricted stock and phantom stock units is based on the current market price on the date of grant. The fair value of each performance-based share unit is estimated based on expected performance goals being attained. Compensation expense associated with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is determined using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are invested for one-day periods.

Earnings Per Common Share—Earnings per common share (“EPS”) are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year excluding nonvested stock. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding and nonvested stock adjusted for the incremental shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants. Diluted EPS excludes common stock equivalents whose effect is anti-dilutive.

F-11

Comprehensive Income—Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during the period presented that result from transactions and other economic events other than transactions with shareholders. The Company reports comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation. All reclassifications have been applied consistently for the periods presented. In 2010, income from bank owned life insurance has been reclassified and presented as a separate component of noninterest income on the statements of income for 2009 and 2008. This classification did not result in any change to total noninterest income for these years as this was previously reported in other noninterest income.

New Accounting Guidance—

Receivables: In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2010-20 Receivables (Topic 830)—Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. ASU 2010–20 requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable. The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, nonaccrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators. ASU 2010–20 was effective for the Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2010. Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period will be required for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 16, 2011, the Company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”) and Comerica Bayou Acquisition Corporation, a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Comerica (“Comerica Bayou”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Comerica Bayou will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Comerica, and each share of Company common stock will be converted into the right to receive 0.2365 shares of Comerica common stock (the “Merger”). Completion of the Merger is subject to (i) approval of the Merger by the shareholders of the Company, (ii) applicable regulatory approvals, including the Federal Reserve Board pursuant to Section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and (iii) other customary closing conditions.

Under the Merger Agreement, the Company agreed to conduct its business in the ordinary course while the Merger is pending, and, except as permitted under the Merger Agreement, to generally refrain from, among other things, acquiring new or selling existing businesses, incurring new indebtedness, repurchasing Company shares, issuing new capital stock or equity awards, or entering into new material contracts or commitments outside the ordinary course of business, without the consent of Comerica.

Subsequent to the announcement of the proposed combination of the Company and Comerica and through March 8, 2011, a putative shareholder class action lawsuit relating to the Merger was filed in the 11th District Court of Harris County, Texas, naming as defendants the Company, certain of its directors and officers, and Comerica. The plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the lawsuit on March 2, 2011.

On February 2, 2011, a purported shareholder of the Company filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit on behalf of the Company in the 295th District Court of Harris County, Texas, naming as defendants the Company, certain of its directors and officers, and Comerica. The lawsuit challenges the fairness of the Merger, alleges that the director and officer defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company, and

F-12

that the Company and Comerica aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally seeks an injunction barring defendants from consummating the Merger, a declaratory judgment that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company, an accounting of all damages allegedly caused by alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, and an accounting of all profits and special benefits allegedly obtained by the defendants as a result of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. In addition, if the Merger is consummated, the lawsuit seeks rescission of the Merger or an award of rescissory damages.

3. ACQUISITIONS

In 2009 the Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement to acquire approximately $500 million in deposits and 19 Texas bank branches from First Bank Inc. (“First Bank”), a Missouri state-chartered bank. In addition, the Bank would purchase approximately $230 million of performing business and consumer-related Texas-based loans from First Bank. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company and First Bank terminated this agreement, without penalty to either party. This was a mutual decision after it was determined that the transaction could not be completed by December 31, 2009, as contemplated by the purchase and assumption agreement.

On February 8, 2008, the Company acquired ten branches located in the Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas areas from First Horizon National Corp. (“First Horizon”). This transaction was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in which the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. In addition to these ten bank branches, the Company also agreed to acquire land from First Horizon for possible future Sterling banking centers in Lewisville, Arlington and Fort Worth, Texas. This transaction allowed the Company to achieve a critical presence in Dallas, Texas and an entry into the growing Fort Worth, Texas market. The Company acquired approximately $85.9 million in total assets and assumed deposit accounts of approximately $85.3 million for a premium of $1.7 million. Assets consisted of approximately $54.0 million in loans, $10.9 million in premises and equipment and $15.9 million in cash and other assets. The assets and liabilities have been recorded at fair value based on market conditions and risk characteristics at the acquisition date. Excess cost over tangible net assets acquired totaled $5.3 million, of which $231 thousand and $5.1 million have been allocated to core deposits and goodwill, respectively, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s financial results since February 8, 2008.

F-13

4. SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of securities were as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2010
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-Sale
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies	$	59,513	$	305	$	(104	)	$	59,714
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions		1,085		15		0			1,100
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		1,200,362		20,218		(6,357	)		1,214,223
Other securities		12,703		0		(185	)		12,518
Total	$	1,273,663	$	20,538	$	(6,646	)	$	1,287,555
Held-to-Maturity
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions	$	112,919	$	2,369	$	(1,354	)	$	113,934
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		152,161		2,409		(847	)		153,723
Total	$	265,080	$	4,778	$	(2,201	)	$	267,657
	December 31, 2009
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-Sale
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and and other U.S. government agencies	$	56,417	$	139	$	(69	)	$	56,487
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions		1,235		35		0			1,270
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		762,337		14,578		(2,903	)		774,012
Other securities		13,915		660		(128	)		14,447
Total	$	833,904	$	15,412	$	(3,100	)	$	846,216
Held-to-Maturity
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions	$	101,091	$	3,479	$	(80	)	$	104,490
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		121,754		281		(4,185	)		117,850
Total	$	222,845	$	3,760	$	(4,265	)	$	222,340

Expected maturities of securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The contractual maturities of securities at December 31, 2010, are shown below (in thousands):

	Available-for-Sale				Held-to-Maturity
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	35,767	$	35,921	$	10,077	$	10,183
Due after one year through five years		24,831		24,893		45,153		46,787
Due after five years through ten years		0		0		48,737		48,141
Due after ten years		0		0		8,952		8,823
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		1,200,362		1,214,223		152,161		153,723
Other securities		12,703		12,518		0		0
Total	$	1,273,663	$	1,287,555	$	265,080	$	267,657

F-14

The Company does not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies) for which the aggregate adjusted cost exceeds 10% of consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2010.

Securities with carrying values totaling $339 million and fair values totaling $352 million were pledged to secure public deposits at December 31, 2010.

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position (in thousands). Debt securities on which we have taken only credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “more than 12 months” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the OTTI write-down.

	December 31, 2010
	Less than 12 Months							More than 12 Months
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-Sale
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies	$	14,614	$	(104	)	$	14,510	$	0	$	0		$	0
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		444,303		(5,908	)		438,395		3,749		(449	)		3,300
Other securities		0		0			0		12,703		(185	)		12,518
Total	$	458,917	$	(6,012	)	$	452,905	$	16,452	$	(634	)	$	15,818
Held-to-Maturity
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions	$	35,178	$	(1,354	)	$	33,824	$	0	$	0		$	0
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		3,703		(19	)		3,684		18,074		(828	)		17,246
Total	$	38,881	$	(1,373	)	$	37,508	$	18,074	$	(828	)	$	17,246
	December 31, 2009
	Less than 12 Months							More than 12 Months
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-Sale
Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies	$	17,492	$	(69	)	$	17,423	$	0	$	0		$	0
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		214,750		(2,201	)		212,549		4,282		(702	)		3,580
Other securities		0		0			0		12,089		(128	)		11,961
Total	$	232,242	$	(2,270	)	$	229,972	$	16,371	$	(830	)	$	15,541
Held-to-Maturity
Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions	$	4,985	$	(80	)	$	4,905	$	0	$	0		$	0
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations		82,385		(960	)		81,425		29,991		(3,225	)		26,766
Total	$	87,370	$	(1,040	)	$	86,330	$	29,991	$	(3,225	)	$	26,766

F-15

For all security types discussed below where no OTTI is considered necessary at December 31, 2010, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis.

Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies: The agency securities consist of medium-term notes issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). These securities are fixed rate and noncallable or are fixed rate and may be callable at the option of the issuer. They were purchased at premiums or discounts and have contractual cash flows guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. Government. The Company has the ability to purchase agency securities with maturity dates up to seven years.

Obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions: The municipal bonds are largely comprised of General Obligation (GO) bonds issued by school districts or municipalities. These bonds have fixed-rates and maturities of 25 years or less. Since late 2008, there have been credit rating downgrades announced with regard to most of the insurers of the Company’s municipal bonds. These insurers provide a credit enhancement for the vast majority of municipal bond securities owned by the Company. These securities will continue to be monitored as part of the Company’s ongoing impairment analysis, but are expected to perform, even if the nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations (“NRSROs”) further reduce the credit rating of the bond insurers.

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMO”): The agency mortgage-backed securities are comprised largely of fixed and variable rate residential mortgage-backed securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), FNMA, or FHLMC. They have maturity dates of up to 40 years and have contractual cash flows guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. Government and Government sponsored entities. In addition, this category includes Private Label CMO’s which are either Senior or Super-Senior bonds comprised of non-conforming residential mortgage loans. These securities were all originally rated “AAA” at the time of their purchase by the Bank.

Other securities: This category of securities includes a Community Reinvestment Act oriented mutual fund. In addition, these securities included certain interest-only securities, which were tied to underlying government guaranteed loans and were subject to prepayment and interest rate fluctuations. The Company sold these interest-only securities during the second quarter of 2010.

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities

Declines in the fair value of individual securities below their amortized cost are assessed to determine whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. The initial indication of OTTI for both debt and equity securities is magnitude of loss and length of time the market value has been below cost. Additionally, the Company considers recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions within its industry, and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before a recovery in value.

For debt securities, the Company assesses whether OTTI is present when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security. When assessing whether the entire amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, the Company compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security. If present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, the entire amortized cost basis of the security will not be recovered (that is, a credit loss exists), and an OTTI is considered to have occurred.

Held-to-Maturity (HTM) Debt Securities

For debt securities where the Company has determined that an OTTI exists and the Company does not intend to sell the security or if it is not more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the

F-16

security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is separated into the amount that is credit-related and the amount due to all other factors. The credit-related impairment is recognized in earnings, and is the difference between a security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective interest rate. For debt securities classified as held-to-maturity, the amount of noncredit-related impairment recognized in other comprehensive income is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security as an increase in the carrying value of the security.

The Company recorded a $136 thousand credit-related OTTI during the fourth quarter of 2010 on two held-to-maturity Private Label CMO’s, based on their cash flow analyses. These securities were issued in 2004 and 2005 and were backed by hybrid adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010, the date of OTTI, these securities had a total amortized cost basis of $4.5 million and a total fair value of $4.0 million. At December 31, 2010, both of these securities were rated investment grade. At December 31, 2010, the Company did not have an intent to sell these securities and it was not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell these investments before recovery of their remaining amortized cost bases. Therefore, at December 31, 2010, the amount of the credit-related OTTI, $136 thousand, was recognized in earnings and the amount of the noncredit-related impairment of $461 thousand, was recognized in other comprehensive income. The management of the Company believes that it will fully collect the carrying value of these securities on which it has recorded a noncredit-related impairment in other comprehensive income.

In addition to the Private Label CMO’s referenced above, the Company owned six other private label held-to-maturity CMOs with a total amortized cost basis of $13.6 million at December 31, 2010, that had been in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, total gross unrealized losses related to these CMO’s was $828 thousand and $1.8 million, respectively. The unrealized losses on the Company’s private label CMO portfolio as of December 31, 2010, were generally attributable to the widespread deterioration in economic and credit market conditions over the last 24 months. All of the Company’s private label CMO securities are backed by residential mortgage loans and were rated in the highest available investment grade category at the time of their purchase. As of December 31, 2010, these private label CMOs have been downgraded by one grade or more by at least one of the NRSROs. All of these downgraded securities were rated investment grade as of December 31, 2010.

The Company regularly reviews various credit quality metrics relating to individual private label CMO’s, such as the ratio of credit enhancement to expected losses along with the ratio of credit enhancement to severely delinquent loans (loans 60 days or more delinquent). For certain securities, the Company develops more detailed loss projections by more specifically evaluating the residential mortgage loans collateralizing the security along with expected default rates and loss severities. Based upon this analysis, a cash flow analysis is conducted of the security to determine if the Company will recover its entire amortized cost basis in the security.

Because the Company currently expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these other six private label CMO’s and because the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, the Company does not consider any of these other Private Label CMOs to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.

The Company recorded a $14 thousand credit-related OTTI during the second quarter of 2009 on one held-to-maturity debt security, based on its cash flow analysis. This security was issued in 2007 and was backed by hybrid adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. At June 30, 2009, the date of OTTI, this security had an amortized cost basis of $7.3 million and a fair value of $4.4 million. At June 30, 2009, this security was an investment grade security. At June 30, 2009, the Company did not have an intent to sell the security and it was not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the investment before recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis. Therefore, at June 30, 2009, the amount of the credit-

F-17

related OTTI, $14 thousand, was recognized in earnings and the amount of the noncredit-related impairment of $2.7 million, was recognized in other comprehensive income. Subsequent to June 30, 2009, this security was downgraded to no longer being an investment grade security. The continued credit deterioration of this security contributed to the Company’s decision to sell this security during the fourth quarter of 2009. As a result, the remaining unamortized noncredit-related impairment of $2.5 million that was previously recorded in other comprehensive income was recognized as a realized loss on sale of securities during 2009.

Available-for-Sale (AFS) Securities

During 2008, the Company recorded a $722 thousand OTTI loss on certain interest-only strips within the available-for-sale category. These securities were tied to an underlying government guaranteed loan and were subject to prepayment and interest rate fluctuations. The Company sold these interest-only securities during the second quarter of 2010. For available-for-sale securities, there was no OTTI recorded during 2010 and 2009.

Realized Gains and Losses on Sales of Securities

HTM Debt Securities

During the second quarter of 2010, the Bank sold one private-label CMO that was classified as held-to-maturity resulting in a realized loss of $236 thousand. This security had a carrying value of $2.0 million at the time of sale. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank sold five private-label CMO’s including one CMO that it recorded an OTTI impairment on during the second quarter of 2009 resulting in a realized loss of $7.1 million. These securities had a carrying value of $24.1 million at the time of sale. The decision to sell these securities was due to the significant credit downgrading of the securities to below investment grade. Given these credit downgrades, the current economic uncertainty along with the increasing levels of delinquencies being reported for all residential mortgage loans, the Company believed there was additional risk associated with holding these securities until maturity.

The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on the sales of held-to-maturity securities (in thousands).

	December 31,
	2010		2009		2008
Proceeds from sales	$	1,773	$	21,244	$	0
Gross realized gains		0		14		0
Gross realized losses		236		7,140		0

Available-for-Sale (AFS) Securities

The following table shows the gross realized gains on the sales of available-for-sale securities (in thousands).

	December 31,
	2010		2009		2008
Proceeds from sales	$	10,425	$	106,639	$	28,398
Gross realized gains		316		5,334		478
Gross realized losses		0		0		0

F-18

5. LOANS

The loan portfolio is classified by major type as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2009
Loans held for sale
Real estate:
Commercial	$	0	$	10,698
Residential mortgage		2,691		1,080
Total loans held for sale		2,691		11,778
Loans held for investment
Domestic
Commercial and industrial		617,528		795,789
Real estate:
Commercial		1,511,744		1,667,038
Construction		220,076		360,444
Residential mortgage		353,519		344,807
Consumer/other		42,477		52,124
Foreign loans
Commercial and industrial		5,959		10,752
Other loans		1,046		2,319
Total loans held for investment		2,752,349		3,233,273
Total loans	$	2,755,040	$	3,245,051

Loan maturities and rate sensitivity of the loans held for investment, excluding residential mortgage and consumer loans, at December 31, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

	Due in One Year or Less		Due After One Year Through Five Years		Due After Five Years		Total
Commercial and industrial	$	417,659	$	178,812	$	21,057	$	617,528
Real estate—commercial		261,428		702,827		547,489		1,511,744
Real estate—construction		101,015		91,591		27,470		220,076
Foreign loans		3,288		640		2,134		6,062
Total loans	$	783,390	$	973,870	$	598,150	$	2,355,410
Loans with a fixed interest rate	$	219,529	$	629,266	$	167,602	$	1,016,397
Loans with a floating interest rate		563,861		344,604		430,548		1,339,013
Total loans	$	783,390	$	973,870	$	598,150	$	2,355,410

The loan portfolio consists of various types of loans with approximately 90% outstanding to borrowers located in the Houston, San Antonio, Dallas and Fort Worth, Texas metropolitan areas.

The Company’s largest industry concentration was in the hospitality loan portfolio, which was approximately $281 million, or 10%, of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, there were no other concentrations of loans to any one type of industry exceeding 10% of total loans, nor were there any loans classified as highly leveraged transactions.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported in the balance sheet as loans held for investment stated at the principal amount outstanding adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, deferred fees or costs and unamortized premiums or

F-19

discounts. Loans are classified as held for sale when management has positively determined that the loans will be sold in the foreseeable future and the Company has the ability to do so. The classification may be made upon origination or subsequent to the origination or purchase. Once a decision has been made to sell loans not previously classified as held for sale, such loans are transferred into the held for sale classification and carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

During the third quarter of 2009, the Company transferred $20.9 million in net book value commercial real estate loans to held for sale. The Company charged-off a portion of these loans against the related allowance for credit losses upon reclassification. Subsequent to the transfer, the Company sold $8.4 million of these loans for a net loss of $1.4 million. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2009, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell a nonperforming energy relationship totaling $29.2 million for a sales price of $16.0 million. This relationship was originally classified as held for investment. Upon execution of the sales agreement, the Company transferred these loans to the held for sale classification and charged-off the associated allowance for loan losses. This transaction closed during the fourth quarter of 2009.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors, officers and their affiliates. In the opinion of management, all transactions entered into between the Bank and such related parties have been and are in the ordinary course of business, made on the same terms and conditions as similar transactions with unaffiliated persons.

An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009
Beginning balance	$	2,141		$	2,100
New loans		75			240
Repayments		(2,101	)		(199	)
Ending balance	$	115		$	2,141

F-20

6. CREDIT QUALITY AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

When management doubts a borrower’s ability to meet payment obligations, which typically occurs when principal or interest payments are more than 90 days past due, the loans are placed on nonaccrual status. The following table presents an aging analysis of loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2010, including loans that have been categorized as nonaccrual (in thousands).

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days Past Due (Accruing)		Past Due (Nonaccrual)		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loan Balance
Loans held for sale
Real estate:
Commercial	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	765	$	765
Residential mortgage		0		0		0		0		0		1,926		1,926
Total loans held for sale		0		0		0		0		0		2,691		2,691
Loans held for investment
Commercial and industrial:		715		1,828		0		3,849		6,392		617,095		623,487
Real estate:
Commercial		7,100		4,700		436		98,992		111,228		1,400,618		1,511,846
Construction		2,165		664		0		12,791		15,620		204,456		220,076
Residential mortgage		2,590		3,035		71		17,260		22,956		331,354		354,310
Consumer/other		876		6		0		372		1,254		41,376		42,630
Total loans held for investment		13,446		10,233		507		133,264		157,450		2,594,899		2,752,349
Total loans	$	13,446	$	10,233	$	507	$	133,264	$	157,450	$	2,597,590	$	2,755,040

Nonaccrual loans were $133 million and $103 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Accruing loans 90 days past due or more were $507 thousand and $41 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans was approximately $9.1 million, $5.3 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for 2010, 2009 and 2008.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The following table presents additional information regarding impaired loans individually evaluated for reserves, segregated by class of loans, for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

	Recorded Investment in:
	Impaired Loans with no Related Allowance		Impaired Loans with Related Allowance		Total Impaired Loans		Related Allowance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Commercial and industrial	$	3,701	$	1,040	$	4,741	$	364	$	7,017	$	3,946	$	8
Real estate:
Commercial		123,278		10,255		133,533		1,555		170,900		127,057		376
Construction		20,030		1,143		21,173		256		24,614		18,998		56
Residential mortgage		16,470		1,842		18,312		164		13,084		13,795		25
Consumer/other		790		0		790		0		885		533		2
Total Individually Evaluated Impaired Loans	$	164,269	$	14,280	$	178,549	$	2,339	$	216,500	$	164,329	$	467

F-21

The recorded investment in individually assessed impaired loans was $150 million at December 31, 2009, of which $104 million required specific reserves of $11.6 million. Impaired loans at December 31, 2009, included $9.9 million of loans classified as held for sale. There were no impaired loans classified as held for sale at December 31, 2010. The Company has no further significant commitments to lend additional funds to these borrowers. During 2009, $1.8 million of interest was received on impaired loans. No interest on impaired loans was received during 2008.

The following is an analysis of the activity in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

	Commercial and Industrial			Real Estate			Consumer/ Other			Unallocated			Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Beginning balance	$	15,891		$	56,040		$	997		$	1,804		$	74,732
Charge-offs		(6,534	)		(41,849	)		(1,075	)		0			(49,458	)
Recoveries		1,739			2,930			308			0			4,977
Provision		(4,419	)		51,432			217			(340	)		46,890
Ending balance		6,677			68,553			447			1,464			77,141
Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments:
Beginning balance		0			0			0			0			2,852
Provision		0			0			0			0			(1,652	)
Ending balance		0			0			0			0			1,200
Total Allowance for Credit Losses	$	6,677		$	68,553		$	447		$	1,464		$	78,341
Allowance for Loan Losses Related to:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	364		$	1,975		$	0		$	0		$	2,339
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		6,313			66,578			447			1,464			74,802
Total Allowance for Loan Losses	$	6,677		$	68,553		$	447		$	1,464		$	77,141
Recorded investment in:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	4,741		$	173,018		$	790					$	178,549
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment		631,482			1,909,705			32,613						2,573,800
Total recorded investment in loans evaluated for impairment	$	636,223		$	2,082,723		$	33,403					$	2,752,349

An analysis of the activity in the allowance for credit losses was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period	$	49,177		$	34,446
Loans charged-off		63,910			16,608
Loan recoveries		(3,032	)		(2,149	)
Net loans charged-off		60,878			14,459
Provision for loan losses		86,433			29,190
Allowance for loan losses at end of period		74,732			49,177
Allowance for unfunded loan commitments at beginning of period		1,654			927
Provision for losses on unfunded loan commitments		1,198			727
Allowance for unfunded loan commitments at end of period		2,852			1,654
Total allowance for credit losses	$	77,584		$	50,831

F-22

Through the loan review process, the Company maintains a classified and special mention loan listing. Loans on the classified loan list include substandard, doubtful or loss based on probability of repayment, collateral valuation and related collectability. Pass loans are all loans not classified as special mention or substandard. Special mention loans are loans that show warning elements, deficiencies that require attention in the short run, or where pertinent ratios of the loan account have weakened to a point where more frequent monitoring is warranted. These loans do not have all the characteristics of a classified loan but do show weakened elements as compared with those of a satisfactory credit. Loans classified as “substandard” have clear and defined weaknesses such as highly leveraged positions, unfavorable financial ratios, uncertain repayment sources or poor financial condition, which may jeopardize the loan’s recoverability. Substandard loans are placed on nonaccrual when management doubts a borrower’s ability to meet payment obligations, which typically occurs when principal or interest payments are more than 90 days past due. The following table presents loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Substandard- Nonperforming		Total
Loans held for sale
Real estate:
Commercial	$	765	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	765
Residential mortgage		1,926		0		0		0		1,926
Total loans held for sale		2,691		0		0		0		2,691
Loans held for investment
Commercial and industrial:		565,562		20,080		33,996		3,849		623,487
Real estate:
Commercial		1,264,308		61,806		86,740		98,992		1,511,846
Construction		160,731		18,267		28,287		12,791		220,076
Residential mortgage		314,350		6,397		16,303		17,260		354,310
Consumer/other		40,853		289		1,116		372		42,630
Total loans held for investment		2,345,804		106,839		166,442		133,264		2,752,349
Total loans	$	2,348,495	$	106,839	$	166,442	$	133,264	$	2,755,040

7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010			2009
Land	$	8,978		$	9,838
Buildings and improvements		44,389			40,049
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		61,217			59,082
		114,584			108,969
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(65,163	)		(60,153	)
Total	$	49,421		$	48,816

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment totaled $7.2 million in 2010, $8.3 million in 2009 and $8.3 million in 2008.

8. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill totaled $173 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to at least an annual impairment test and more frequently if a triggering

F-23

event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company’s reporting units below their carrying amount. Other intangible assets consist primarily of core deposits and other intangibles. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized on an accelerated basis over the years expected to be benefited, which the Company believes is approximately 10 years. An intangible asset subject to amortization shall be tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a significant or adverse change in the business climate that could affect the value of the intangible asset, indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value.

The Company’s annual evaluation is performed as of September 30 of each year. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. Under the first step, goodwill is assigned to reporting units for purposes of impairment testing. Reporting units used for the goodwill impairment testing include the Company’s banking subsidiary, Sterling Bank and MBM Advisors, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sterling Bank that provides investment advisory and pension administration/consulting services. The estimation of fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value including the allocated goodwill. At September 30, 2010, goodwill totaled $173 million of which $165 million, or 95%, was allocated to Sterling Bank. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value including goodwill, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Goodwill impairment exists when the implied fair value of goodwill derived under step two is less than its carrying value.

For the Company’s annual impairment test performed as of September 30, 2010, the Sterling Bank reporting unit did not pass the first step of the impairment test, therefore, the Company conducted the second step of the impairment testing. The second step required a comparison of the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying amount of goodwill and was based on information that was as of September 30, 2010. Based on the results of the step two analysis, the Company determined that there was no impairment of goodwill at September 30, 2010. In light of the overall instability of the economy, the continued volatility in the financial markets, the downward pressure on bank stock prices and expectations of financial performance for the banking industry, including the reporting units, managements’ estimates of fair value may be subject to change or adjustment. Estimates of fair value are determined based on a complex model using cash flows and company comparisons. If management’s estimates of future cash flows are inaccurate, the fair value determined could be inaccurate and impairment may not be recognized in a timely manner. If the Company’s market capitalization declines or remains below book value, the Company may update its valuation analysis to determine whether goodwill is impaired. No assurance can be given that goodwill will not be written down in future periods. On January 16, 2011, subsequent to the annual goodwill analysis, the Company entered into a Merger Agreement with Comerica. At the date of the Merger Agreement, Sterling’s common stock was valued at $10.00 per share compared to a book value of $6.10 at December 31, 2010.

To determine the fair value of the reporting units under step one of the impairment test, both an income approach and market approach were utilized. The income approach was based on projected cash flows derived from assumptions of balance sheet and income statement activity. Value was then derived by present valuing the projected cash flows using an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate based on a market participant’s cost of equity. Value under the market approach was based on applying various market capitalization pricing multiples, such as price to tangible book, price to earnings, etc., observed from comparable companies to the reporting unit. The results of the income and market approach were weighted to arrive at the final estimation of fair value for the reporting unit. As the ability to identify truly comparable companies lessened given the fluctuations in market capitalization across the banking industry, the Company believed that a heavier weighting on the income approach was more appropriate.

The aggregate fair values of the reporting units as determined under step one of the impairment test were compared to market capitalization as an assessment of the reasonableness of the estimated fair values of the reporting units. For each of the impairment tests performed, the comparison between the aggregate fair

F-24

values and market capitalization indicated an implied premium which was within the range of control premiums observed in the marketplace.

To determine the implied fair value of goodwill, the fair value of Sterling Bank (as determined in step one) was allocated to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit including any recognized or unrecognized intangible assets in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. Key valuations were the fair value of the loan portfolio and debt and the assessment of core deposit and trade name intangible assets. The valuation of the loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses resulted in an overall discount of approximately three percent which we believe was supported by transactions occurring in the marketplace and was consistent with the “exit price” principle of fair value. The implied fair value of Sterling Bank’s goodwill exceeded its carrying value by an estimated 20% as of September 30, 2010; therefore, the Company determined there was no impairment of goodwill as of that date.

Other intangible assets totaled $9.5 million at December 31, 2010 including $7.1 million related to core deposits and $2.4 million related to customer relationships. Other intangible assets totaled $11.6 million at December 31, 2009, including $8.8 million related to core deposits and $2.8 million related to customer relationships. Core deposit and other intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives of 10 years. The total amortization expense related to intangible assets was $2.2 million for both 2010 and 2009 and $2.3 million for 2008. The projected amortization for core deposits and other intangibles as of December 31, 2010, is as follows (in thousands):

2011	$	2,011
2012		1,801
2013		1,695
2014		1,584
2015		1,327
Thereafter		1,059
Total	$	9,477

9. BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

The Company purchases bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies on the lives of certain officers and is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. These policies provide funding for long-term retirement and other employee benefits costs. The recorded balance of BOLI was $103 million and $99.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $27.4 million and $26.6 million, respectively, of BOLI funds were held in separate accounts with investments in U.S. government, mortgage-backed and corporate debt securities. The cash surrender value of the life insurance policies contained in separate accounts is further supported by a stable value wrap agreement, which protects against changes in the fair value of the investments. BOLI policies are recorded within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at each policy’s respective cash surrender value, including the value of the stable value wrapper, with changes recorded in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

10. DEPOSITS

Included in certificates and other time deposits are individual amounts of $100,000 or more including brokered certificate of deposits. The remaining maturities of these deposits as of December 31, 2010, are as follows (in thousands):

Three months or less	$	248,516
Over three through six months		91,664
Over six through twelve months		173,313
Thereafter		58,985
	$	572,478

F-25

Interest expense for certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 was approximately $7.9 million, $15.4 million, and $26.7 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $85.3 million in brokered certificates of deposits that were in excess of $100,000, of which $84.1 million will mature in 2011. The remaining balance of these deposits was $1.3 million and will mature in 2012.

There are no major concentrations of deposits.

11. OTHER BORROWED FUNDS

Other borrowed funds are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2009
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	$	40,000	$	40,500
Repurchase agreements		70,335		55,695
Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings		1,867		1,050
Total	$	112,202	$	97,245

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances—The Company has an available line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Dallas, which allows the Company to borrow on a collateralized basis. At December 31, 2010, the Company had total funds of $1.6 billion available under this agreement of which $40.0 million was outstanding with an average interest rate of 2.94% and matures in seven years. These borrowings are collateralized by mortgage loans, certain pledged securities, FHLB stock owned by the Company and any funds on deposit with the FHLB. The Company utilizes these borrowings to meet liquidity needs. Maturing advances are replaced by drawing on available cash, making additional borrowings or through increased customer deposits.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase—Securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent the purchase of interests in securities by banking customers and structured repurchase agreements with other financial institutions. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. Repurchase agreements with banking customers are settled on the following business day, while structured repurchase agreements with other financial institutions will have varying terms. All securities sold under agreements to repurchase are collateralized by certain pledged securities. The securities underlying the structured repurchase agreements are held in safekeeping by the purchasing financial institution. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had securities sold under agreements to repurchase with banking customers of $20.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively. Structured repurchase agreements totaled $50.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and consisted of agreements with two separate financial institutions totaling $25.0 million, each that will mature in 2015. These repurchase agreements bear interest at a fixed rate of 3.88% and 3.50%, respectively. The rate on these repurchase agreements was zero at December 31, 2009. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.

Federal Funds Purchased and Other Short-Term Borrowings—The Company has federal funds purchased at correspondent banks. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, federal funds outstanding with correspondent banks were $1.1 million and payable upon demand. These funds typically mature within one to ninety days.

F-26

12. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT/COMPANY MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had the following issues of trust preferred securities outstanding and junior subordinated debt owed to trusts (dollars in thousands):

Description	Issuance Date		Trust Preferred Securities Outstanding		Interest Rate		Junior Subordinated Debt Owed To Trusts		Final Maturity Date
Statutory Trust One		August 30, 2002	$	20,000		3-month LIBOR plus 3.45%	$	20,619		August 30, 2032
Capital Trust III		September 26, 2002		31,250		8.30% Fixed		32,217		September 26, 2032
BOTH Capital Trust I		June 30, 2003		4,000		3-month LIBOR plus 3.10%		4,124		July 7, 2033
Capital Trust IV		March 26, 2007		25,000		3-month LIBOR plus 1.60%		25,774		June 15, 2037
Total			$	80,250			$	82,734

Each of the trusts is a statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing the proceeds thereof in junior subordinated debentures of Sterling Bancshares. The trust preferred securities of each trust represent preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payments of the junior subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by Sterling Bancshares. Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon Sterling Bancshares making payment on the related junior subordinated debentures. Sterling Bancshares’ obligations under the junior subordinated debentures and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by Sterling Bancshares of each respective trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by each respective trust.

Each issuance of trust preferred securities outstanding is mandatorily redeemable 30 years after issuance and is callable beginning five years after issuance if certain conditions are met (including the receipt of appropriate regulatory approvals). The trust preferred securities may be prepaid earlier upon the occurrence and continuation of certain events including a change in their tax status or regulatory capital treatment. In each case, the redemption price is equal to 100% of the face amount of the trust preferred securities, plus the accrued and unpaid distributions thereon through the redemption date.

The trust preferred securities issued under Statutory Trust One, BOTH Capital Trust I, and Capital Trust IV bear interest on a floating rate that resets quarterly. As of December 31, 2010, the floating rate on these securities was 3.75%, 3.39% and 1.90%, respectively, compared to 3.70%, 3.38% and 1.85%, respectively, at December 31, 2009.

13. SUBORDINATED DEBT

During April 2003, the Bank raised approximately $50.0 million through a private offering of subordinated unsecured notes. These subordinated notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.375% and mature on April 15, 2013. Interest payments are due semi-annually. The subordinated notes may not be redeemed or called prior to their maturity. Debt issuance costs of approximately $1.0 million are being amortized over the ten-year

F-27

term of the notes on a straight-line basis. In June 2003, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $50.0 million in which the Bank swapped the fixed rate to a floating rate (discussed in Note 14).

On June 30, 2008, the Bank entered into a subordinated note in the aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. The subordinated note bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50% and resets quarterly. The unpaid principal balance plus all accrued and unpaid interest on the subordinated debt shall be due and payable on September 15, 2018. The Bank may prepay the subordinated debt without penalty on any interest payment date on or after September 15, 2013. As of December 31, 2010, the floating rate was 2.80% on the subordinated note compared to 2.75% at December 31, 2009.

14. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy includes hedging the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so as to mitigate adverse effects on the Company’s net interest margin and cash flows from changes in interest rates. The Company uses certain derivative instruments to add stability to the Company’s net interest income and to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements.

The Company may designate a derivative as either an accounting hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed rate asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value” hedge), or an accounting hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of future cash flows of a floating rate asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge). All derivatives are recorded as other assets or other liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values. To the extent a hedge is considered effective, changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge is recorded in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. For all hedge relationships, ineffectiveness resulting from differences between the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item and changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized as other noninterest income.

The Company estimates the fair value of its interest rate derivatives using a standardized methodology that nets the discounted expected future cash receipts and cash payments (based on observable market inputs). These future net cash flows, however, are susceptible to change due primarily to fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the estimated values of these derivatives will typically change over time as cash is received and paid and also as market conditions change. As these changes take place, they may have a positive or negative impact on the Company’s estimated valuations.

The Company’s only derivative contract outstanding at both December 31, 2010 and 2009, was an interest rate swap agreement that was designated as a fair value hedge. The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement as well as its classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

December 31, 2010					December 31, 2009
	Fair Value						Fair Value
Notional Amount	Other Assets		Other Liabilities		Notional Amount		Other Assets		Other Liabilities
$50,000	$	3,073	$	0	$	50,000	$	2,357	$	0

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed-rate obligations due to changes in interest rates. In June 2003, the Bank entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $50.0 million; this swap is designated as a fair value hedge of the Company’s $50.0 million in

F-28

subordinated debentures and qualifies for the “short-cut” method of accounting. Under the terms of the swap agreement, the Bank receives a fixed coupon rate of 7.375% and pays a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR that is reset on a quarterly basis, plus 3.62%.

For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item are recognized in earnings. As the interest rate swap agreement qualifies for the “short-cut” method, the gain or loss on the derivative exactly offsets the loss or gain on the hedged item, resulting in zero net earnings impact.

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement on the Consolidated Statements of Income (in thousands):

Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative							Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Hedged Item
Interest expense Year Ended December 31,							Interest expense Year Ended December 31,
2010		2009			2008		2010			2009		2008
$	716	$	(1,003	)	$	4,634	$	(716	)	$	1,003	$	(4,634	)

The Company recognized a net reduction to interest expense of $1.7 million and $1.4 million and a net addition to interest expense of $3 thousand for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to the Company’s interest rate swap agreement.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company uses interest rate floors and collars as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate floors designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up front premium. Interest rate collars designated as cash flow hedges involve the payments of variable-rate amounts if interest rates rise above the cap strike rate on the contract and receipts of variable-rate amounts if interest rates fall below the floor strike rate on the contract. During 2006, the Company purchased a prime interest rate floor with a notional amount of $113 million and a strike rate of 8.00% and a prime interest rate collar contract with a notional amount of $250 million and an 8.42% interest rate cap and an 8.00% interest rate floor. These contracts were designated as cash flow hedges of the monthly interest receipts from a portion of the Company’s portfolio of prime-based variable-rate loans. During the third quarter of 2009, the Company’s interest rate floor matured, and the Company terminated its interest rate collar; accordingly, the Company does not have any derivatives designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, such derivatives were used to hedge the forecasted variable cash inflows associated with existing pools of prime-based loan assets. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. No hedge ineffectiveness was recognized during 2010 or 2008. During 2009, the Company recognized a gain of $2.1 million for hedge ineffectiveness attributable to the aggregate principal amount of the designated loan pools falling below the notional amount.

As of December 31, 2010, there was no remaining gain reported in other comprehensive income related to the terminated collar.

F-29

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s interest rate floor and collar on the Consolidated Statements of Income (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2009		2008
Amount of gain recognized in OCI (effective portion)	$	0	$	399	$	19,750
Amount of gain reclassified from OCI into income (effective portion):
Interest income		5,309		13,267		10,325
Other noninterest income		0		2,488		0
Amount of gain recognized into other noninterest income
(Ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing)		0		120		0

The Company had agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contained a provision where if the Company defaulted on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness had not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also have been declared in default on its derivative obligations. As of December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any derivatives that were in a net liability position related to these agreements.

15. INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2008
Current income tax expense	$	1,795		$	3,261		$	25,732
Deferred income tax benefit		(4,658	)		(13,498	)		(8,367	)
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	(2,863	)	$	(10,237	)	$	17,365

The income tax provision or benefit differs from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rate of 35% to income from continuing operations as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2008
Taxes calculated at statutory rate	$	(756	)	$	(8,124	)	$	19,594
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest income		(1,307	)		(1,268	)		(1,229	)
Tax-exempt income from bank owned life insurance		(1,140	)		(1,133	)		(1,162	)
Release of reserves		(290	)		0			(689	)
Other, net		630			288			851
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	(2,863	)	$	(10,237	)	$	17,365

F-30

Significant deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

	2010		2009
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for credit losses	$	27,145	$	26,880
Depreciable assets		4,054		3,782
Lease improvements/incentives		3,712		0
Nonaccrual loans		3,543		2,016
Deferred compensation		1,899		1,762
Stock-based compensation		1,060		1,058
Real estate acquired by foreclosure		167		973
Other		752		415
Total deferred tax assets		42,332		36,886
Deferred tax liabilities:
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities		4,701		4,309
Core deposit and other intangibles		2,405		3,022
Deferred loan origination costs		1,290		1,473
Prepaid expenses		820		1,137
Other		937		673
Total deferred tax liabilities		10,153		10,614
Net deferred tax assets	$	32,179	$	26,272

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded within other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of the unrecognized tax benefit is listed below (in thousands):

	2010			2009
Beginning balance at January 1	$	290		$	265
Increases due to new contingencies		0			25
Decreases due to lapse of applicable statue of limitations		(290	)		0
Ending balance at December 31	$	0		$	290

During 2008, the Company revised its estimate to remove contingent liabilities totaling $619 thousand, related to the expiration of previous tax contingencies and refunds received, including the filing of various state tax returns related to the Company’s mortgage banking segment which was sold in 2003. There were no contingent liabilities removed during the year ended December 31, 2009. Contingent liabilities of $290 thousand were removed during the fourth quarter of 2010 as the three year statute period after the 2006 return filing had expired.

The Company’s policy is that it recognizes interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. There was no accrued interest or penalties as of December 31, 2010.

The Company operates solely in the United States and is not subject to income tax in any foreign jurisdiction. The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and state income and franchise tax returns in various jurisdictions, with its major state jurisdiction being Texas. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s earliest open year federal income tax return year was for the tax year ended December 31, 2007. The Company’s earliest open state franchise tax return year for its Texas jurisdiction was December 31, 2006. The Company is not currently under audit by any U.S. federal or state jurisdiction as of December 31, 2010.

F-31

In December 2010, Congress approved, and the President signed, the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010. The Act provides tax relief by temporarily extending tax incentives that were to expire at the end of 2010. The new law provides 100 percent depreciation bonus for capital investments placed in service after September 8, 2010 through December 31, 2010. The 50 percent depreciation bonus still applies to purchases made between January 1, 2010 through September 7, 2010. These incentives were not included in the tax provision for 2010 as the 50 percent depreciation bonus was not elected in the 2009 tax return. The provisions of this legislation have not had a material impact on the Company’s income tax provision as of December 31, 2010.

16. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Profit sharing plan—Through December 31, 2009, the Company’s profit sharing plan included substantially all employees. The profit sharing plan was terminated in 2009 upon approval of the Board of Directors. The profit sharing contribution was previously made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Total contributions to the profit sharing plan were limited to 5% of the Company’s pre-tax net income, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. During 2009 and 2008, there were no profit sharing contributions as the Company did not achieve the minimum performance metrics required for earnings per share and return on average assets. Earnings per share and return on average assets are the profit sharing plan metrics that were adopted in 2007. Through December 31, 2008, the Company also matched employee 401(k) contributions at 50% of the first 6% of eligible compensation that an employee may elect to defer. The Company match fully vests after four years of service. In 2009, the 401(k) plan was revised to provide a Company match of 100% of the first 5% of eligible compensation. Employee contributions to the 401(k) plan accounts are optional. Contributions to the 401(k) are accrued and funded currently. Total profit sharing and 401(k) matching contribution expenses were $2.3 million, $2.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Stock-based compensation—The 2003 Stock Incentive and Compensation Plan (the “2003 Stock Plan”), which has been approved by the shareholders, permits the grant of unrestricted stock units, restricted stock units, phantom stock awards, stock appreciation rights or stock options. On August 31, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company approved and adopted the Long-Term Incentive Stock Performance Program (the “Program”) pursuant to which the Human Resources Programs Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee) may award equity-based awards to employees who are actively employed by the Company. All awards made under the 2003 Stock Plan vest over a three year period. Certain share awards granted under previous shareholder-approved plans are still outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2010. Options are granted to officers and employees at grant dates determined by the Committee. These options have exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant, vest ratably over a three or four-year period and must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 2003 Stock Plan).

Total stock-based compensation expense that was charged against income was $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $3.6 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for share-based compensation arrangements was $417 thousand, $556 thousand and $751 thousand for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Cash received for exercises under all share-based payment arrangements during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $124 thousand, $900 thousand and $1.0 million, respectively.

The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of all share-based payment arrangements.

Stock options—Options are granted to officers and employees as determined by the Committee. These options have exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, vest ratably over a three or four-year period and must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 2003

F-32

Stock Plan). The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model. The Black-Scholes-Merton formula assumes that option exercises occur at the end of an option’s contractual term, and that expected volatility, expected dividends, and risk-free interest rates are constant over the option’s term. The Black-Scholes-Merton formula is adjusted to take into account certain characteristics of employee share options and similar instruments that are not consistent with the model’s assumptions. Because of the nature of the formula, those adjustments take the form of weighted-average assumptions about those characteristics. The expected term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon with a remaining term equal to the expected term used in the assumption model. The historical volatility is a measure of fluctuations in the Company’s share price. The fair value of options was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

	2010			2009			2008
Expected term (years)		5.13			5.04			5.00
Risk-free interest rate		2.38	%		2.03	%		3.03	%
Historical volatility		51.27	%		46.67	%		29.70	%
Dividend yield		1.03	%		3.29	%		2.11	%

A summary of changes in outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:

	Shares (In  thousands)			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (In years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In  thousands)
Shares under option, beginning of period		1,392		$	8.99
Shares granted		822			5.58
Shares forfeited or expired		(382	)		8.44
Shares exercised		(18	)		4.50
Shares under option, end of period		1,814		$	7.68		7.17	$	1,235
Shares exercisable, end of period		818		$	9.60		5.04	$	49

The weighted average grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $2.40, $2.22 and $2.83, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $10 thousand, $174 thousand and $164 thousand, respectively.

Share awards—A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested share awards as of December 31, 2010, is presented below (shares in thousands):

	Shares (in  thousands)			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested share awards, beginning of year		510		$	8.89
Shares granted		487			5.15
Shares forfeited		(202	)		8.65
Shares vested		(154	)		9.62
Nonvested share awards, end of year		641		$	5.84

As of December 31, 2010, there was $2.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.82 years. The total fair value of shares vested during 2010 was $1.5 million.

F-33

Included in the Program are certain grants of performance-based share awards whose vesting is contingent on the Company obtaining certain performance metrics. These performance metrics include an earnings per share growth versus the Company’s peer banks and a return on assets performance versus the Company’s peer banks. The Company records the performance-based share awards assuming performance metrics will be obtained. Periodically, the Company assesses its metrics as compared to its peers and estimates a certain percentage of the awards will be earned. During 2010 the Company revised its estimates for performance-based share awards granted in 2008 to reflect a 35% performance obtainment. As a result, during 2010 the Company reversed $1.3 million of stock-based compensation expense related to these 2008 performance-based share awards. During 2009, the Company revised its estimates for performance-based share awards granted in 2007 to reflect a 50% performance obtainment. As a result, the Company reversed $640 thousand of stock-based compensation expense related to these 2007 performance-based share awards. The Company estimates that performance metrics will be obtained for performance-based share awards granted in 2009 and 2010, however, if performance measures are not met or are exceeded, the expense for those awards will be reversed or recorded based on the revised performance metrics.

On December 20, 2007, the Company entered into an employment agreement with its chief executive officer (“CEO”). This agreement replaced the existing agreement, in which the CEO was awarded 187,500 Performance Restricted Share Units (“PRSUs”), to be earned based on specified performance metrics. The total value of the stock grant was based on the current market price on the date of grant. Under the agreement, the new performance metrics include an earnings per share growth versus the Company’s peer banks and a return on assets performance versus the Company’s peer banks. The Company recorded the performance-based share awards assuming performance metrics will be obtained. The Company recorded compensation expense of $701 thousand in 2008 related to the PRSUs granted under the new agreement. During 2009, the Company revised its estimate and determined that the CEO had earned 50% of the PRSUs awarded in 2007. As a result, during 2009 the Company reversed $1.1 million of stock-based compensation expense related to the unearned awards. Although entitled to the vested and earned 50% of the PRSUs, the CEO elected not to accept the award. The CEO and the Company agreed to an irrevocable waiver on receipt and rights to the stock awards. Because the CEO was entitled to the PRSUs, the Company did not reverse the stock-based compensation expense related to the earned portion of the PRSUs. As such, the deferred tax asset associated with the earned PRSUs was written off against surplus in December 2009 with no income statement impact. This plan expired on December 31, 2009.

On July 9, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with its CEO, in which the CEO was awarded 187,500 PRSUs. The PRSUs may be earned based on specified performance metrics which include an earnings per share growth versus the Company’s peer banks and a return on assets performance versus the Company’s peer banks. The PRSUs have a three year vesting period and will vest on June 30, 2013, based on the Company’s performance as compared to its peers over the three year period beginning July 1, 2010, and ending on June 30, 2013. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for this agreement of $148 thousand in 2010. Under this agreement, these PRSUs will have an accelerated vesting if there is a change in control as defined in the agreement.

Stock purchase plan—The Company offers the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) effective July 1, 2004, which superceded the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to eligible employees. An aggregate of 2.3 million shares of Company common stock may be issued under the Purchase Plan subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization. The Purchase Plan is a compensatory benefit plan to all employees who are employed for more than 20 hours per week and meet minimum length-of-service requirements of three months. The Purchase Plan is subscribed through payroll deductions which may not exceed 10% of the eligible employee’s compensation. The purchase price for shares available under the Purchase Plan is 90% of the lower of the fair market value on either the first or last day of each quarter. Compensation expense associated with the Purchase Plan was determined using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing formula. Assumptions used in this formula were the same as disclosed above for incentive stock options except that an expected term of three months was used. During 2010, 63,715 shares were

F-34

subscribed for through payroll deductions under the Purchase Plan compared to 84,674 shares for 2009 and 69,998 shares for 2008.

Deferred compensation plans—On August 1, 2007, the Board of Directors approved an Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (“Amended Deferred Compensation Plan”) for Sterling Bancshares, Inc. which was effective for compensation periods beginning in September 2007. In connection with the Amended Deferred Compensation plan, the Company established a Rabbi Trust which was funded by the Company in order to satisfy the Company’s contractual liability to pay benefits under the terms of the Amended Deferred Compensation plan. Plan assets are invested generally in the same investments available to the participants of the 401(k) plan, including Sterling Bancshares, Inc. stock. The Rabbi Trust is subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, investments held in the Rabbi Trust of $4.1 million and $3.8 million, respectively, were included in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Investment funds held by the trust are accounted for as trading securities and therefore, unrealized gains and losses associated with these investments are included in the Company’s Statements of Income within other noninterest income. The Company had realized losses of $17 thousand on plan assets which were deducted from the plan assets during 2010. Plan assets that are invested in the Company’s common stock are included as a reduction of the Company’s shareholder equity. The funded Amended Deferred Compensation Plan liabilities totaling $4.7 million and $4.3 million are included in other liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company recorded increases to compensation expense of $378 thousand and $263 thousand during 2010 and 2009, respectively, as a result of changes in the plan liabilities.

The Company also has unfunded defined benefit deferred compensation agreements for certain former management as the result of prior acquisitions. At both December 31, 2010 and 2009, these deferred compensation agreements have an estimated benefit obligation of $1.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively, which were included in other liabilities. These retirement agreements provide for varying monthly benefits ranging from ten years to the life of the participant.

17. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock—During the second quarter of 2009, the Company issued 8.3 million shares of its common stock through a public stock offering, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $54.6 million, after deducting underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company issued 20.0 million shares of its common stock through a public stock offering, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $86.6 million, after deducting underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses.

Preferred stock—On December 12, 2008, as part of the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company for a purchase price of $125 million in cash (i) sold 125,198 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series J and (ii) issued a Warrant to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock, for a price of $7.18 per share. The Series J Preferred Stock is nonvoting and qualified as Tier 1 Capital. The preferred stock dividend reduced earnings available to common shareholders and was computed at an annual rate of 5% per year.

During the second quarter of 2009, the Company fully redeemed the $125 million Series J preferred stock that was sold to the U.S. Treasury in December of 2008. The Company was approved to pay the funds back without any condition from regulators. As a result of the redemption, the Company recorded a one-time $7.5 million charge to retained earnings in the form of an accelerated deemed dividend to account for the difference between the amount at which the preferred stock sale had been initially recorded and its redemption price. The Warrant to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock remained outstanding with the U.S. Treasury until they were auctioned by the U.S. Treasury in June 2010. The Warrant is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “SBIBW”.

F-35

Treasury stock—On April 25, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of common stock, not to exceed 500 thousand shares in any calendar year. On January 29, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an increase in the number of shares to be repurchased to adjust for the three-for-two stock split approved by the Board of Directors on October 30, 2006. On July 30, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors amended its existing common stock repurchase program (the “Repurchase Program”). The amendment increased by 750 thousand shares the total number of shares that may be repurchased by the Company under the Repurchase Program in the fiscal year 2007. The aggregate number of shares originally approved by the Board of Directors for repurchase under the Repurchase Program remains unchanged at 3.8 million shares. The Company may repurchase shares of common stock from time to time in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions from available cash or other borrowings. There were no shares repurchased during 2010.

18. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

Earnings (loss) per common share was computed based on the following (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010		2009			2008
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders	$	704	$	(22,316	)	$	38,221
Basic:
Weighted average shares outstanding		98,617		78,696			73,177
Diluted:
Add incremental shares for:
Assumed exercise of outstanding options and nonvested share awards		210		0			311
Total		98,827		78,696			73,488
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.01	$	(0.28	)	$	0.52
Diluted	$	0.01	$	(0.28	)	$	0.52

The incremental shares for the assumed exercise of the outstanding options were determined by application of the treasury stock method. The calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share excludes 2,252,262, 1,603,428, and 837,381 options and nonvested share awards outstanding during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, which were antidilutive. Options and nonvested share awards were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for 2009, as the effect would have been antidilutive. In addition, the calculation excludes the Warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 to purchase 2.6 million shares of common stock, which was antidilutive.

19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases—A summary as of December 31, 2010, of noncancelable future operating lease commitments is as follows (in thousands):

2011	$	8,976
2012		8,507
2013		8,437
2014		7,346
2015		6,354
Thereafter		66,199
Total	$	105,819

F-36

The Company leases certain office facilities and equipment under operating leases. Rent expense under all noncancelable operating lease obligations, net of income from noncancelable subleases aggregated, was approximately $10.4 million, $11.7 million and $10.5 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Litigation—The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, after reviewing such claims with outside counsel, resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On January 18, 2011, a purported shareholder of Sterling Bancshares filed a putative class action lawsuit relating to the Merger in the 11th District Court of Harris County, Texas, captioned Bailey v. Sterling Bancshares, Inc. et al., Cause No. 201103205. The plaintiff voluntarily dismissed the lawsuit on March 2, 2011.

On February 2, 2011, a purported shareholder of Sterling Bancshares filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit on behalf of Sterling Bancshares in the 295th District Court of Harris County, captioned Stockton v. Bird et al., Cause No. 201107148. The lawsuit names as defendants the Company, certain of its directors and officers, and Comerica. The lawsuit challenges the fairness of the Merger, alleges that the director and officer defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company, and that the Company and Comerica aided and abetted those alleged breaches. The lawsuit generally seeks an injunction barring defendants from consummating the Merger, a declaratory judgment that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company, an accounting of all damages allegedly caused by alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, and an accounting of all profits and special benefits allegedly obtained by the defendants as a result of the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. In addition, if the Merger is consummated, the lawsuit seeks rescission of the Merger or an award of rescissory damages.

Severance and non-competition agreements—The Company has previously entered into severance and non-competition agreements with its CEO and certain other executive officers. Under these agreements, upon a termination of employment under the circumstances described in the agreements, each would receive: (i) two years’ base pay; (ii) an annual bonus for two years in an amount equal to the highest annual bonus paid to the respective executive officer during the three years preceding termination or change in control (as defined in the agreement); (iii) continued eligibility for Company perquisites, welfare and life insurance benefit plans, to the extent permitted, and in the event participation is not permitted, payment of the cost of such welfare benefits for a period of two years following termination of employment; (iv) payment of up to $20 thousand in job placement fees; and (v) to the extent permitted by law or the applicable plan, accelerated vesting and termination of all forfeiture provisions under all benefit plans, options, restricted stock grants or other similar awards.

On July 9, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with its CEO deemed effective as of July 1, 2010. If, prior to the expiration of the employment term and prior to a change of control, the Company terminates the CEO’s employment without cause, or the CEO voluntarily resigns for good reason, the Company shall be obligated to pay the CEO a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the aggregate base salary that he would have earned during the remainder of the employment term, and shall be obligated to continue the provision of benefits under the terms of the new employment agreement through the employment term. The CEO would also be entitled to receive a pro rata portion of 187,500 PRSUs. If, following a change of control, the Company terminates the CEO’s employment for any reason other than death or disability, or the CEO voluntarily resigns for good reason, the Company shall be obligated to pay the CEO a lump sum cash payment equal to three times his base salary and cash bonus as calculated pursuant to the Employment Agreement, and shall be obligated to continue benefits through the remainder of the employment term or three years after the change of control.

F-37

20. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

The Company is a party to various financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making these commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following is a summary of the various financial instruments entered into by the Company (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010		2009
Commitments to extend credit	$	646,496	$	704,107
Standby and commercial letters of credit		70,334		55,312

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by the Company, upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event of nonperformance by the customers, the Company has rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities. The credit risk to the Company in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to its customers.

21. REGULATORY MATTERS

Capital requirements—The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the state and federal banking agencies. Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on its financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amount and classification under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators.

To meet the capital adequacy requirements, Sterling Bancshares and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios as defined in the regulations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, that Sterling Bancshares and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

The most recent notification from the regulatory banking agencies categorized Sterling Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory capital framework for prompt corrective action and there have been no events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

F-38

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company issued 20.0 million shares of its common stock through a public stock offering, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $86.6 million, after deducting underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses.

During 2009, the Company issued 8.3 million shares of its common stock through a public stock offering, which resulted in net proceeds of approximately $54.6 million, after deducting underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company received $125 million in capital from the U.S. Treasury as the result of its participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company fully redeemed the $125 million Series J preferred stock that it sold to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008 (discussed in Note 17).

In the current economic environment, the Company regularly assesses its ability to maintain and build its regulatory capital levels. In making this assessment, the Company takes into account a variety of factors, including its views as to the duration of the recession and the consequent impact on its markets and the real estate markets in particular, the Company’s provisioning for and charge-off of nonperforming assets, the liquidity needs of its organization, the capital levels of its peer institutions, and its ability to access the capital markets.

The Company also takes into account its discussions and agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and its other regulators. As part of an informal agreement that Sterling Bank entered into on January 26, 2010, with the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking, the Company submitted to such regulatory agencies a capital management plan that reflected Sterling Bank’s plans to maintain for the next three years minimum regulatory capital levels that are in excess of the minimum requirements to remain well capitalized but below its regulatory capital levels at December 31, 2009. If the Company is unable to maintain the regulatory capital levels that it proposed in its capital management plan or if it fails to adequately resolve any other matters that any of its regulators may require the Company to address in the future, the Company could become subject to more stringent supervisory actions. The Company believes it is in compliance regarding the informal agreement with the regulatory agencies and the capital plan that was submitted and accepted by those agencies.

Although not required to, the Company agreed to provide the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking advance notice of any dividend payments it proposed to make from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares. The Company currently has available at the holding company sufficient liquidity to continue its current dividend payments and meet all of its other holding company only obligations for approximately 24 months without the payment of any dividends from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares.

The Company’s informal agreement with the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking also included provisions that required the Company to perform certain reviews of its personnel, policies, procedures and practices, none of which had a material impact on the operations of Sterling Bank or Sterling Bancshares.

The Company’s informal agreement with the FDIC and the Texas Department of Banking does not include any other provision that it believes will have a material impact on the operations of Sterling Bancshares.

F-39

The Company’s consolidated and the Bank’s capital ratios are presented in the following table:

	Actual					For Capital Adequacy Purposes					To Be Categorized as Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
	(In thousands, except percentage amounts)
Consolidated:
As of December 31, 2010:
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)	$	596,495		18.1	%	$	263,658		8.0	%		N/A		N/A
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)		508,616		15.4	%		131,829		4.0	%		N/A		N/A
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		508,616		10.3	%		197,099		4.0	%		N/A		N/A
As of December 31, 2009:
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)	$	526,919		14.4	%	$	292,569		8.0	%		N/A		N/A
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)		424,409		11.6	%		146,284		4.0	%		N/A		N/A
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		424,409		8.9	%		191,045		4.0	%		N/A		N/A
Sterling Bank:
As of December 31, 2010:
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)	$	556,077		16.9	%	$	263,572		8.0	%	$	329,465		10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)		468,212		14.2	%		131,786		4.0	%		197,679		6.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		468,212		9.5	%		197,054		4.0	%		246,317		5.0	%
As of December 31, 2009:
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)	$	513,792		14.1	%	$	292,309		8.0	%	$	365,386		10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)		411,322		11.3	%		146,154		4.0	%		219,232		6.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		411,322		8.6	%		190,915		4.0	%		238,644		5.0	%

Trust preferred securities are included in the Company’s Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes pursuant to guidance from the Federal Reserve. Under provisions of the Dodd-Frank Reform Act, bank and thrift holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, will be permitted to continue to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010, as Tier 1 capital.

Dividend restrictions—Dividends paid by the Bank are subject to certain restrictions imposed by regulatory agencies. As discussed above, the capital management plan that the Company submitted to its regulators, reflects a variety of operational factors including the Company’s plans for dividend payments from the Bank to Sterling Bancshares and from Sterling Bancshares to its shareholders. The Company agreed to give its regulators advance notice of any dividend payments it proposed to make from Sterling Bank to Sterling Bancshares. The Company has sufficient liquidity to continue its current dividend payments and meet its other parent-only obligations for approximately 24 months without the payment of any dividends from the Bank.

The terms of the Merger Agreement restrict the Company from declaring or paying any dividends without the consent of Comerica while the Merger is pending; provided, however, the Company may declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends at a rate not in excess of $0.015 per share. Furthermore, the last quarterly dividend by the Company prior to completion of the Merger shall be coordinated with Comerica, so that shareholders of Sterling Bancshares do not receive dividends on both Sterling Bancshares common stock and Comerica common stock received in the Merger.

F-40

22. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company measures fair value based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

Level 1—Inputs that utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury securities that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

Level 2—Inputs other than those quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 2 assets and liabilities include available-for-sale securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and derivative contracts whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are valued using observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond's terms and conditions, among other things. Derivative valuations utilize certain Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by the Company and its counterparties. The significance of the impact of these credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of derivative positions are not significant to the overall valuation and result in all derivative valuations being classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Level 3—Inputs that are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. This category includes certain interest-only strip securities where independent pricing information was not able to be obtained for a significant portion of the underlying assets and loans held for sale.

The Company uses fair value to measure certain assets and liabilities on a recurring basis when fair value is the primary measure for accounting. This is done primarily for available-for-sale securities and derivatives.

The table below presents the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall (in thousands).

	Balance at December 31, 2010		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Financial assets:
Available-for-sale securities	$	1,287,555	$	0	$	1,287,555	$	0
Interest rate swap		3,073		0		3,073		0

F-41

	Balance at December 31, 2009		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Financial assets:
Available-for-sale securities	$	846,216	$	0	$	843,731	$	2,485
Interest rate swap		2,357		0		2,357		0

The table below presents a reconciliation for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) and summarizes gains and losses due to changes in fair value. Level 3 available-for-sale securities included certain interest-only strips which were valued based on certain observable inputs such as interest rates and credit spreads, as well as unobservable inputs such as estimated net charge-off and prepayment rates.

	Level 3 Instruments
	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Available-for-Sale Securities
	Year Ended December 31, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,485		$	2,516
Total gains or losses for the period included in:
Noninterest income		213			0
Other comprehensive income		0			739
Purchases, issuances, settlements and amortization		(2,698	)		(770	)
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3		0			0
Balance at end of period	$	0		$	2,485
Net unrealized losses included in net income for the period relating to assets held at the end of period	$	0		$	0

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to measure certain assets when applying lower of cost or market accounting or when adjusting carrying values. Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis include held-to-maturity debt securities, impaired loans, other real estate owned, other repossessed assets and loans held for sale. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are summarized below.

Impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 inputs based on observable market data or Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria. During the year ended December 31, 2010, individually assessed impaired loans over $100 thousand were remeasured and reported at fair value through a specific valuation allowance allocation of the allowance for possible loan losses based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. Individually assessed impaired loans with a carrying value of $53.7 million were reduced by a specific valuation allowance or charged-down to their fair value of $38.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010.

F-42

The Company recorded additions to other real estate owned and other repossessed assets of $35.5 million and $2.8 thousand, respectively, which were outstanding at December 31, 2010. The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy based on observable market data and Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria. In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, the Company recognized charge-offs through the allowance for loan losses. Foreclosed assets were remeasured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition. In connection with the remeasurement, the Company recorded write-downs of other real estate owned of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company sold other real estate owned with a book value of $20.6 million resulting in net gains of $2.4 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a $136 thousand credit-related OTTI on two held-to-maturity debt securities with a total amortized cost basis of $4.5 million based on its cash flow analysis using Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2010, the Company did not have an intent to sell these securities, and it was not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell these investments before recovery of their remaining amortized cost basis. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $14.0 thousand credit-related OTTI on one held-to-maturity debt security with an amortized cost basis of $7.3 million based on its cash flow analysis using Level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. This security was subsequently sold in the fourth quarter of 2009 for a realized loss of $2.0 million.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a balance of $2.7 million in loans held for sale. Loans held for sale are considered a Level 3 input within the fair value hierarchy based on current investor market pricing from investors in these types of loans.

During the second quarter of 2009, the Company fully redeemed the $125 million Series J preferred stock that it sold to the U.S. Treasury in December 2008. In 2008, the Company sold 125,198 preferred shares and issued a Warrant to purchase 2.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The proceeds from the TARP Capital Purchase Program were allocated between the preferred stock and the Warrant based on relative fair values. The Series J preferred stock was determined using Level 3 inputs based on similar types of securities. The fair value of the Series J preferred stock was determined based on assumptions regarding the discount rate (market rate) on the preferred stock which was estimated to be approximately 11% at the date of issuance. The discount on the Series J preferred stock was accreted to par value using a constant effective yield of 6.4% over a five-year term, which is the expected life of the preferred stock. The fair value of the Warrant was determined based on Level 2 inputs using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model which incorporated assumptions at the date of issuance including the Company’s common stock price of $5.68, a dividend yield of 3.87%, stock price volatility of 45% and risk-free interest rate of 2.77%. The Warrant was auctioned by the U.S. Treasury in June 2010.

The Company did not record any liabilities at fair value for which measurement of the fair value was made on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010.

F-43

The following is a summary of the carrying values and estimated fair values of certain financial instruments (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2010				2009
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
Financial assets:
Held-to-maturity securities	$	265,080	$	267,657	$	222,845	$	222,340
Loans held for sale		2,691		2,691		11,778		11,778
Loans held for investment, net of allowance		2,675,208		2,534,139		3,158,541		2,998,569
Financial liabilities:
Time deposits		796,116		797,296		946,279		946,897
Other borrowed funds		112,202		115,575		97,245		95,368
Subordinated debt		78,059		73,067		77,338		72,889
Junior subordinated debt		82,734		58,010		82,734		54,414

The summary above excludes financial assets and liabilities for which carrying value approximates fair value. For financial assets, these include cash and short-term investments. In addition, the fair values of loan commitments and letters of credit are excluded from the summary above as these items are not significant. The Company’s lending commitments have variable interest rates and are funded at current market rates on the date they are drawn upon; therefore, the fair value of these commitments would approximate their carrying value, if drawn upon. For financial liabilities, these include demand, savings, and money market deposits. The estimated fair value of demand, savings, and money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date because the accounts have no stated maturity and the customer has the ability to withdraw funds immediately. Also excluded from the summary are financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, as previously described.

Held-to-Maturity Securities—These securities are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Securities are valued based on quoted prices in an active market when available. If quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities can be classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. These securities would be valued based on certain observable inputs such as interest rates and credit spreads, as well as unobservable inputs such as estimated net charge-off and prepayment rates.

Loans Held for Sale—Fair value equals quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, the fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same original maturities or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When assumptions are made using significant unobservable inputs, such loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Loans Held for Investment—The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows on ‘pass’ grade loans using the LIBOR yield curve adjusted by a factor which reflects the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. These future cash flows are then reduced by the estimated ‘life-of-the-loan’ aggregate credit losses in the loan portfolio. These adjustments for lifetime future credit losses are highly judgmental because the Company does not have a validated model to estimate lifetime losses on large portions of its loan portfolio. The estimate of lifetime credit losses was increased during 2009 because of more recent loss experience and the expectation of a prolonged cycle of economic weakness. The Company has applied a liquidity spread to the discount rate due to a deterioration in the market for loan sales.

F-44

Impaired loans are not included in this credit adjustment as they are already considered to be held at fair value. Loans, other than those held for sale, are not normally purchased and sold by the Company, and there are no active trading markets for most of this portfolio.

Time Deposits—The fair value of time deposits is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the LIBOR yield curve plus a spread to represent current rates at which similar deposits would be priced.

Other Borrowed Funds—Fair value is generally estimated based on the discounted cash flow method using the LIBOR yield curve plus credit spread, adjusted for an estimate of the Company’s credit quality. Contractual cash flows are discounted using rates currently offered for new borrowings with similar remaining maturities and, as such, these discount rates include the Company’s current spread levels.

Subordinated Debt—The fair value of subordinated debt is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the LIBOR yield curve plus a spread to represent current rates at which similar subordinated debt would be priced.

Junior Subordinated Debt—The fair value of junior subordinated debt is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the LIBOR yield curve plus a spread to represent current rates at which similar junior subordinated debt would be priced.

These fair value disclosures represent the Company’s estimates based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the above methodologies and assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

F-45

23. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The table below sets forth unaudited financial information for each quarter of the last two years (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	2010										2009
	Fourth Quarter			Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter			Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter			Second Quarter			First Quarter
Interest income	$	47,633		$	51,165	$	52,838	$	53,807		$	57,672	$	59,934		$	61,422		$	62,464
Interest expense		8,024			9,008		9,991		9,727			10,892		12,083			12,854			13,954
Net interest income		39,609			42,157		42,847		44,080			46,780		47,851			48,568			48,510
Provision for credit losses		5,250			7,716		9,336		22,936			11,000		56,131			11,500			9,000
Net interest income after provision for credit losses		34,359			34,441		33,511		21,144			35,780		(8,280	)		37,068			39,510
Noninterest income		8,877			9,490		8,525		6,537			5,491		9,113			10,493			10,798
Noninterest expense		41,504			37,780		40,806		38,953			39,490		40,075			44,021			39,598
Income (loss) before income taxes		1,732			6,151		1,230		(11,272	)		1,781		(39,242	)		3,540			10,710
Income tax provision (benefit)		(169	)		1,696		634		(5,024	)		45		(14,518	)		933			3,303
Net income (loss)	$	1,901		$	4,455	$	596	$	(6,248	)	$	1,736	$	(24,724	)	$	2,607		$	7,407
Preferred stock dividends		0			0		0		0			0		0			7,458			1,884
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders	$	1,901		$	4,455	$	596	$	(6,248	)	$	1,736	$	(24,724	)	$	(4,851	)	$	5,523
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.02		$	0.04	$	0.01	$	(0.07	)	$	0.02	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.06	)	$	0.08
Diluted	$	0.02		$	0.04	$	0.01	$	(0.07	)	$	0.02	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.06	)	$	0.08

F-46

24. PARENT-ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

(In thousands)

	2010			2009
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	36,886		$	13,116
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		6,900			1,661
Investment in subsidiaries		659,750			607,702
Investment in Sterling Bancshares Capital Trusts		2,484			2,484
TOTAL ASSETS	$	706,020		$	624,963
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities	$	1,362		$	1,696
Junior subordinated debt		82,734			82,734
Total liabilities		84,096			84,430
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock		0			0
Common stock		103,852			83,721
Capital surplus		239,940			170,848
Retained earnings		290,800			295,909
Treasury stock		(21,399	)		(21,399	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax		8,731			11,454
Total shareholders' equity		621,924			540,533
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	$	706,020		$	624,963

F-47

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

(In thousands)

	2010			2009			2008
REVENUES:
Dividends received from bank subsidiaries	$	0		$	21,400		$	15,995
Interest income on time deposits		396			9			0
Other income		327			118			173
Total revenues		723			21,527			16,168
EXPENSES:
Interest expense on junior subordinated debt		4,182			4,487			5,731
General and administrative		2,800			2,134			1,429
Total expenses		6,982			6,621			7,160
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and income taxes		(6,259	)		14,906			9,008
Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries		4,771			(30,156	)		27,163
Income (loss) before income tax benefit		(1,488	)		(15,250	)		36,171
Income tax benefit		2,192			2,276			2,448
Net income (loss)	$	704		$	(12,974	)	$	38,619

F-48

STERLING BANCSHARES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

(In thousands)

	2010			2009			2008
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)	$	704		$	(12,974	)	$	38,619
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed (earnings) loss of subsidiary		(4,771	)		30,156			(27,163	)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		(3,245	)		644			356
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		(334	)		(118	)		73
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(7,646	)		17,708			11,885
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries		(50,000	)		(50,000	)		(125,198	)
Sale or repayment of investments in and advances to subsidiaries		0			125,198			0
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(50,000	)		75,198			(125,198	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Repurchase of common stock		(9	)		(63	)		(1,091	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		87,238			57,586			4,685
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		0			0			125,198
Redemption of preferred stock		0			(125,198	)		0
Payments of cash dividends		(5,813	)		(15,940	)		(16,115	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		81,416			(83,615	)		112,677
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		23,770			9,291			(636	)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR		13,116			3,825			4,461
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR	$	36,886		$	13,116		$	3,825

F-49